Home

Service Manual

1. gt 100 gt 100 gt 100 2100 A 2100 lt 500 gt 1000 4 V 4 2150 2150 2150 500 gt 1000 gt 500 V 500 2500 21000 L2 gt H 2100 500 L2 H 2100 2500 21000 lt 1000 a z200 gt 200 gt 300 gt 1000 gt 200 gt 300 gt 1000 500 21000 gt 1000 V 500 21000 21000 12 gt 2300 gt 1000 gt 250 0 lt L2 lt yH 3 2300 Mp H L2 H L2 H 2300 H lt L2 lt H 3
2. 100 125 140A7V1B rr mil 8088808068 9 A2P C C fo Slo a TR Cf nd 75 x LL DJ 0 al L lol 0 5 E LH Changeover between cooling X1M Page Test Jp and heating Low E Error Individual Le xr e HIP H2P H3P H5P H6P DIP switches Bs 852 883 854 855 DS1 1 and DS1 2 0 9 9 9 oN MODE SET RETURN TEST RESET 12 2 Sets the address again when wiring is changed or an indoor unit is added Performs the test run Used at field set Changes the set mode LED indicator status Turn off rt Turn on D Flicker Turn on off The LED indicator status shown at left indicates the status at factory set Test Operation 91 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 3 Field Setting 31 Field Setting from remote control Individual function of AHU can be changed from the remote control At the time of installation or after service inspection repair make the local setting in accordance with the following description Wrong setting
3. e As ALK N gt VO 7 CLA Dx Az x ZZ 5 5 pe FF A lt IG o c3 Ola 215 lt a e lt O16 lt QE lt lt I p gt uj MES 2 5 olf E a pu 8 T ajo 5 zu mE 55 TIS DIS zig Zilog ala zo eg 5 Z gt LO cc 5 Ilz 5 nz c 8 Refrigerant Circuit 18 51 9 05 Functional Parts Layout Back view THERMISTOR SUBCOOLING MARKING COLOR WHITE S Oi TUN 5 TEAL gt N e x THERMISTOR SUCTION 1 MARKING COLOR RED iN D A 9 A THERMISTOR SUCTION 2 MARKING COLOR GREEN 53 552 b 4 2 THERMISTOR AIR MARKING COLOR YELLOW THERMISTOR LIQUID PIPE 2 CONNECTOR COLOR WHITE THERMISTOR HEAT EXCHANGER CONNECTOR COLOR BLUE THERMISTOR LIQUID PIPE 1 MARKING COLOR BLUE Ref
4. T54 258v D s L 7 55 ec at ca P Za JE E gt lu 55 EE a Uefi 1 mm Ed 5 gg C t ENS i 8 p Be x eg m 0 Le i Case t c tt O g masia 5 a Setting by pushbutton switches The following settings are made by pushbutton switches on PC board H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P LED indication e Q e Factory BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5 MODE SET RETURN TEST RESET V2760 There are the following three setting modes Setting mode 1 H1P off Initial status when normal Also indicates during abnormal Setting mode 2 H1P Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses etc Usually used in servicing the system Monitor mode H1P blinks Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2
5. 2 2 3 1 230 CD 4 5 8 X2M APP c TOIN D TO OUT D 9 UNIT UNIT 5 F2 F2 421 0911 2 2 F1 F2 11 A4P AP S ABC 5 2 117 051 1 2 1 12 14 A URGED TO IND UNIT TO OUTID UNIT Q DAIKIN ERQ100A7V1B ERQ125A7V1B Inverter condensing unit Installation manual ERQ140A7V1B CONTENTS Page READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE 1 Safety considerations esses 121 INSTALLATION KEEP THIS MANUAL IN A HANDY 2 Introduction 44122 PLACE FOR FUTURE REFERENCE 2 1 Combination 122 IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR ATTACHMENT OF 2 2 Standard supplied accessories 123 EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES COULD RESULT IN 2 3 Technical and electrical specifications 123 ELECTRIC SHOCK SHORT CIRCUIT LEAKS FIRE OR 3 Before installation sss 123 OTHER DAMAGE TO
6. lt gt 2 2 Co T 2 H6 H7 H3 H5 5 EKEQDCBV3 6 EKEQDCBV3 DAIKIN EKEQDCBV3 CONTENTS Page 58 Installation erret oen ct nean 59 ACGCeSSOFIOS rc re ERR ER 59 Name and function of 59 Before installation 59 Selecting the installation site 60 Valve kit 61 Installation of the electrical control box 62 Electric wiring 62 Installation of thermistors 65 Refrigerant piping 66 Test 66 Operation and 66 What to do before 66 Operation and display signals 68 Troubleshooting 68 eI 69 Disposal 69 READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION IMPROPER
7. AQL 0 104 uonIsod al n ali 1211519118 Asossacoe 5 NOIISA 10 9 fe rY18 LHM Z 194400 esp L 44O NO 3ndui ZL LL WZX Jo0pino uoneolunuituo 3ndinQ 019 60 WIX 33O NO ue ndino 89 L9 NLX 1o uoo 28489 01 0 Ndu 92 69 WzX 330 NO Jossesduiog 3ndhnO smes 3ndinO ZO LO Wex lonuoo uoisuedx3 9 LA WLX Jojsiuueu pinbr Jojsiuueu uolsuedx Wex Ieuluu l A8 LZ AQzz 19uuojsue1l i 1g 12H pe Ayoeded 9H WHO 021 20 SY Jeyeoiq beye l ypeg 1 0 kejas YYA YL oneuBey ES Ov feja1 Eo OV 44O NO Jossesdwog
8. iosseooe jeuondo jueuoduuoo ejejedes J0jpeuuo E N WIA 1 940 uero AYO NYG Y18 lt SUM LHM 4918 2 seddoo esf anjen uolsuedx oiuomera 44O NO Ndu X Joopino IX Joquoo ojoure1 uoneolunuuuuo2 IX 9 LA WLX seg pU EA WLX WIX 87 2 022 19uuojsue1 seo Ley nbi 1ojstuueu 1H Jeyeeiq oDeyeo ido Ov MP fejo1 MI soyuow epoip 1ubr sni pi ned nia vee uondO pay dev div Control Box 52 Diagram of Control Box iring 3 2 ESiEN09 05 2
9. flete 190 Malfunction of Moving of Electronic ae nsn S ete 191 Expansion Valve Y1E 188 Failure of Combination Between Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor 187 PC Board and Fan PC Board 176 Malfunction of PC Board 200 Failure of Transmission Between Malfunction of System Refrigerant System PC Board and Fan PC Board 172 Address Undefined 217 Index i 51 9 05 Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Suction Air 177 T Malfunction of Thermistor R2T for Heat Exchanger 174 Test Operation Malfunction of Thermistor R3T for Gas Pipes 175 Procedure and 84 Malfunction of Thermistor RST Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics 232 for Suction Pipe 194 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Controller 38 Malfunction of Thermistor RAT 197 Malfunction of Thermistor 195 U Malfunction of Thermistor R7T for b D 207 Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe 196 209 Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air 178 EE 211 Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote I
10. 205 malfunction of transmission between E remote controller and ahu 214 error of external protection device 165 method of replacing the inverter s excessive number of ahus 215 power transistors modules 235 F failure of combination between ahu pc board operation lamp ese 218 and fan pe board 176 operation mode Uu lll al aaa hasa 22 failure of transmission between ahu pc board outdoor unit pc board layout 91 and fan pc board u uuu rte 172 fan motor m1f lock overload 167 P freeze prevention 40 board defect aliia 166 181 functional parts layout eos 18 piping diagrams ctor tetra tta eru enhn 228 power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure 209 Al press re eek cette 234 high pressure protection control 33 high voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit 206 R refrigerant CIECUIU usus unun anush 16 refrigerant overcharged 191 inverter compressor abnormal 202 remote controller self diagnosis function 158 inverter current abnormal 203 remote controller service mode
11. 214 3 43 UR Excessive Number Of AHUS U u 215 3 44 ue System is not Set yet box eas Au E quar 216 3 45 Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undefined 217 4 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller 218 41 Operation Lamp Blinks 218 42 Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Blinks Repeats Single Blink a 220 4 3 Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Blinks Repeats Double BUG ETT 223 150 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Symptom based Troubleshooting 1 Symptom based Troubleshooting Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure The system does not start operation at all Blowout of fuse s Turn Off the power supply and then replace the fuse s Cutout of breaker s the knob of any breaker is in its OFF position turn ON the power supply If the knob of any circuit breaker is in its tripped position do not turn ON the power supply ON Knob Tripped OFF Circuit breaker Power failure After the power failure is reset restart the system Open phase in power supply cable Check power supply After that properly connect the power supp
12. 74 eee Sd aya mia 74 Name and function 2 74 Before 74 Selecting the installation site 75 Piping installation 75 Valve kit installation 77 Installation of the electrical control box 78 Electric wiring work 78 Installation of thermistors 80 Refrigerant piping work 81 Test nnn 81 Operation and 81 What to do before 81 Operation and display 81 Troubleshootlig ertet tree 82 82 Disposal requirements 222 82 READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR ATTACHMENT OF EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES COULD RESULT IN ELECTRIC SHOCK SHORT CIRCUIT LEAKS FIRE OR OTHER DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT BE SURE ONLY TO USE ACCESSORIES MADE BY DAIKIN WHICH ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR USE WITH THE EQUIPMENT AND HAVE THEM INSTALLED BY A PROFESSIO
13. 16 Refrigerant Cylinders 240 Refrigerant Overcharged 191 Restart Standby uuu eer 31 5 Service Tools 241 Setting by Dip Switches 100 Setting by pushbutton switches 101 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation 111 Special Control 3 5 irre trata 26 Specifications 2 8 Startup Control das 26 Stopping Operation 32 Symptom based Troubleshooting 151 System is not Set yet 216 ii Index ESiEN09 05 Drawings amp Flow Charts A malfunction of moving part of abnormal discharge pipe temperature 190 electronic expansion valve 20e 169 abnormal power supply voltage 168 malfunction of moving part of actuation of high pressure switch 182 electronic expansion valve ye 188 actuation of low pressure sensor 184 malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor 187 malfunction of system refrigerant system Cc address undefined 217 check for causes of drop in low pressure 225 malfunc
14. EKEQDCBV3 Option for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 59 Selecting the expansion valve The corresponding expansion valve needs to be selected for your air handling unit Select the expansion valve according to the above limitations NOTE If conflicting result capacity selection has priority over volume The expansion valve is an electronic type it is SELECTING THE INSTALLATION SITE This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Select an installation site where the following conditions are fulfilled and that meets your customer s approval The option boxes expansion valve and electrical control box controlled by the thermistors that are added in can be installed inside and outside the circuit Each expansion valve can control a range of air handling units sizes Do not install the option boxes in or on the outdoor unit The selected air handling unit must Do not put the option boxes in direct sunlight Direct sunlight will designed for R410A increase the temperature inside the option boxes and may reduce its lifetime and influence its operation Extraneous subs
15. ask ee pi Eva as SUE 220 4 3 Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Blinks Repeats Double Blink 223 Part 10 Appendix 227 1 Piping DiagraMS MIU t 228 1 1 Outdoor 228 2 Wiring EB re aa 229 2 1 Outdoor 229 22 Field WINN eeri E 230 owes c QUE erae una 231 4 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics 232 5 gt Pressure Senso 234 6 Method of Replacing the Inverter s Power Transistors Modules 235 Part 11 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 4104A 237 1 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 238 COUINE E 238 7 2 Refrigerant CVIITIdare uiu eei reso navn aie 240 SerVI6S TOO PT CPC 241 Index e HENDRER Drawings amp Flow Charts U iv Table of Contents ESiEN09 05 Introduction 1 Introduction 11 Safety Cautions Cautions and Warnings m Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work The caution items are classified into A Warning and AN Caution The N Warning items are
16. 167 3 4 Abnormal Power Supply Voltage nce nnne 168 3 5 RS Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y1E 169 3 6 RJ AHU Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device 171 37 CP Failure of Transmission Between PC Board and Fan PC 172 3 8 C4 AHU Malfunction of Thermistor R2T for Heat Exchanger 174 3 9 C5 AHU Malfunction of Thermistor R3T for Gas Pipes 175 3 10 5 AHU Failure of Combination Between PC Board and Fan PC 176 3 11 S Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Suction Air 177 3 12 CA Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge 178 3 13 c Malfunction of Humidity Sensor 179 3 14 fu Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in remote control 180 3 15 Outdoor Unit PC Board Defect u 181 3 16 Outdoor Unit Actuation of High Pressure Switch 182 3 17 Outdoor Unit Actuation of Low Pressure 184 3 18 25 Inverter Compressor Motor 44 0 186 3 19 ET Malfunction of Outdoor U
17. Push the RETURN 853 button to eee the 53 button will return the system to the initial condition of determine the setting Setting mode 17 Procedure for checking check items The system is normally set to Setting mode 1 Should the system be set to any mode other than that push the MODE BS1 button to set the system to Setting mode 1 COOL HEAT select Low oe IND MASTER SLAVE noise pU H3P H5P H6P e e Check the system for each condition through LED displays Refer to information in table on the right Pushing the RETURN BS3 button will bring the system to the initial state of Setting mode 1 V2763 gt Current operating conditions Normal O Abnormal 9 In preparation or in check operation gt gt Setting of COOL HEAT selection O e eBy individual outdoor unit e In a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit on a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit Low noise operating conditions e In normal operation O In low noise operation Demand operating conditions In normal operation Oln demand operation Test Operation 103 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 b Setting mode 2 No Setting item Description Push and hold the MODE BS1 button for 5 seco
18. 212 Controller 180 P OQ 214 Malfunction of Transmission between AHUs and 215 Outdoor Units rab 212 EMI 216 Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and 217 Control PC Board 205 Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Controller and AHU 214 Method of Replacing The Inverter s Power Transistors and Diode Modules 235 N Normal Operation 23 Oil Return Operation 27 Operation Lamp Blinks 218 Operation Mode 22 Operation when Power is Turned On 90 SICUL M 231 Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout 91 Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe 233 P P 206 PC Board Defect 166 181 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure 209 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 238 Pressure Sensor 234 Protection Control 33 Pump down Residual Operation 30 R Refrigerant Circuit
19. 5 S Se 2 5 w Ela or 2 ER Er id code x 8 538 65 gt gt t 25002 5 E e e Tt Xt ee 58 e e 85 ee 92 e xt 52 HE 55 295 52 25 95 oc 5 9 Troubleshooting 162 ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by remote control lt Monitor mode gt To enter the monitor mode push the MODE BS1 button when in Setting mode 1 lt Selection of setting item gt Push the SET 852 button and set the LED display to a setting item lt Confirmation of malfunction 1 gt Push the RETURN BS3 button once to display First digit of malfunction code Contirmation of malfunction 2 Push the SET BS2 button once to display Second digit of malfunction code lt Confirmation of malfunction 3 gt Push the SET 52 once to display malfunction location lt Confirmation of malfunction 4 gt Push the SET BS2 button once to display
20. S PRONTO 8 1 1 Outdoor 8 1 2 ArAanding T aa q 11 Specifications 7 Specifications ESiEN09 05 1 Specifications 11 Outdoor Units Heat Pump 50Hz ERQ 100 125 140 A7V1B TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ERQ100A7V1B ERQ125A7V1B ERQ140A7V1B Nominal Cooling kW 11 2 14 0 15 5 capacity Heating kw 12 5 16 0 18 0 EER Cooling 3 99 3 99 3 42 COP Heating 4 56 4 15 3 94 Capacity range HP 4 5 6 PED category Category Casing Colour Daikin white Material Painted galvanised steel Dimensions Packing Height mm 1524 1524 1524 Width mm 980 980 980 Depth mm 420 420 420 Unit Height mm 1345 1345 1345 Width mm 900 900 900 Depth mm 320 320 320 Weight Unit kg 120 120 120 Packed unit kg 130 130 130 Packing Material Carton wood EPS Weight kg 8 8 8 Heat Specifications Length mm 857 857 857 exchanger Nr of rows 2 2 2 Fin pitch mm 2 2 2 Nr of passes 10 10 10 Face area 1131 1131 1131 Nr of stages 60 60 60 Empty tubeplate 0 0 0 Tube type Hi XSS 8 Fin Fin type Non symmetric waffle louvre Treatment Corrosion resistant Fan Type Propeller Quantity 2 2 2 Air flow Cooling m min 106 106 106 nominal at
21. 156 inverter protection 36 inverter start up error 204 S self diagnosis by wired remote controller 155 L setting of low noise operation and demand operation 111 low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage image of operation duc 112 or electronic expansion valve failure 207 setting of refrigerant additional low pressure protection control 34 charging operation check operation 116 simplified remote controller 93 M 93 malfunction of capacity determination device 171 system is not set yet 216 malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor r2t 193 malfunction of high pressure sensor 198 T malfunction of humidity sensor system 179 thermostat sensor in remote control 38 malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 201 cooling 38 malfunction of low pressure sensor 199 heating 39 Drawings amp Charts iii 51 9 05 torque iaces cii cd ee x nese 243 troubleshooting by remote control 154 DOWOF
22. 1500 5 Red x 6 Brown O Continuity x No continuity 170 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 3 6 HJ AHU Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device Remote control H u Display Applicable All AHU models Models Method of Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adapter and the memory Malfunction inside the IC memory on the AHU PC board and whether the value is normal or abnormal is Detection determined Malfunction Operation and Decision 1 When the capacity code is not contained in the PC board s memory and the capacity setting Conditions adapter is not connected 2 When a capacity that doesn t exist for that unit is set Supposed You have forgotten to install the capacity setting adapter Causes W Defect of AHU PC board Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred NO board was replaced with replacement PC board gt Replace the PC board The AHU is a model that requires installation of a capacity setting adapter when replacing the PC board NO gt Replace the PC board Install a capacity setting adapter V2783 Troubleshooting 171 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 37 Failure of Transmissi
23. 84 weigher for refrigerant charge 246 wired remote 92 wiring 229 iv Drawings amp Flow Charts Daikin s unique position as a manufacturer of air conditioning equipment compressors refrigerants has led to its close involvement in environmental issues For several years Daikin has had the intension to become a leader in the provision of products that have limited impact on the environment This challenge demands the eco design and development of a wide range of products and an energy management system resulting in energy conservation and a reduction of waste In all of us a green heart 20 y d DAIKIN EUROPE N V Naamloze Vennootschap Zandvoordestraat 300 B 8400 Oostende Belgium www daikin eu BE 0412 120 336 RPR Oostende Daikin Europe N V is approved by LRQA for its Quality Management System in accordance with the 1509001 standard 1509001 pertains to quality assurance regarding design development manufacturing as well as to services related to the product 15014001 assures effective environmental management system in order to help protect human health and the environment from the potential impact of our activities products and services and to assist in maintaining and improving the quality of the environment Daikin units comply with the European regulations that
24. amp eases 29 xi e ik xy xr precedence setting ON rteeeece 60 9 demand 3790000 30 Demand setting 1 Yt Tt 70 80 demand OFF 32 xt e e 9 ON yo eeette The numbers in the column represent the number of times to press the SET BS2 button 106 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting c Monitor mode LED display No Setting item Data display H2P H3P H5P HeP To enter the monitor mode push the 0 Various setting See below MODE BS1 button when in Setting mode 1 1 C H unified address x 2 Low noise demand address gt x e 3 Notused 5 4 address 9 Lower 6 digits 5 Number of connected AHUs e x x Number of connected zone units 7 H lt Selection of setting item gt excluding outdoor and BS unit x x n Push the SET BS2 button and set 8 Number of outdoor units the LED display to a setting item Number of zone units excluding 11 outdoor and BS unit x xm 9 X Lower 6 digits 12
25. H2P H3P 5 H6P ON xk e This setting factory setting 3 2 Possible settings for function C The noise of level 3 lt level 2 lt level 1 41 H2P H4P H5P H6P H7P or 34 e e e e e 1 X 2 4 e 32 O e X X This setting factory setting DAIKIN Installation manual 136 ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 3 3 Possible settings for function D and For function D L N O P only the noise of level 3 lt level 2 lt level 1 Za 1 For function E DEMAND only the power consumption of level 1 level 2 level 3 43 HIP H2P H3P H4P H6P H7P X e e This setting factory setting 4 Push the BS3 RETURN button and the setting is defined 5 When the BS3 RETURN button is pushed again the operation starts according to the setting Refer to the service manual for more details and for other settings NOTE When finished please mark the settings of function C C D and E in the Records part of the label on the backside of the front plate Confirmation of the set mode The following items can be confirmed by setting mode 1 H1P led is off Check the led indication in the field marked 1 Indication of the present operation state Xt
26. 252252 iets 2g EAS gt onte 5 etu Wak 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Suction temperature TH1 Range in which body 55 Range in which thermostat sensor thermostat sensor 1 remote controller can be used can be used Differential V2769 Ex When heating Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24 C and the suction temperature has changed from 18 C to 28 C A D Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18 C to 25 C A C remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25 C to 28 C C D And assuming suction temperature has changed from 28 C to 18 C D remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 28 C to 23 C D gt Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23 C to 18 C B gt Function 39 Outline of Control ESiEN09 05 6 2 Freeze Prevention Freeze When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor R2T of the AHU heat Prevention by Off exchanger drops too low the unit enters freeze prevention operation in accordance with the Cycle AHU following conditions and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below Conditions for starting freeze prevention Temperature is 1 C or less for total of 40 min or temperature is 5 C or less for total of 10 min Conditi
27. E 4 18 i Ji yr 123 5 m E esr 55896 gt P 2 x El n 5 US TX Loss 2999 sha vio sha s ES 1 Ex AIDE 1825 5A 250 Appendix 235 Method of Replacing the Power Transistors Modules 51 9 05 Power module checking When using the digital type of multiple tester make measurement in diode check mode Tester terminal Criterion Remark C U Not less than 0 3V It may take time to V including determine the voltage due to capacitor WwW charge or else U C Not less than 0 3V including W U C 0 3 to 0 7V V including W C U 0 3 to 0 7V V including W There needs to be none of each value variation The following abnormalities are also doubted besides the PC board abnormality Faulty compressor ground fault ground leakage Faulty fan motor ground leakage 236 Appendix ESiEN09 05 Part 11 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 1 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 238 1 1 us 238 1
28. H3ddOO ASN saqoo IVNOLIVN 1VOO1 JHL XTdINOO LSNW ALIS JHL NO 38 OL S IVIH3 1VIN ANY SLNSNOdWWOO TIY L S31ON XO8 lOHLINOO N A ni LINN HOOGLNO HOLIMS 1 AlddNS H3MOd SNM asna NS HOLIMS 1 NOISSINSNVYL SS NS Ben asna NS HOLIMS 1 230 ESiEN09 05 Option List 3 Option List ERQA7V1B No Item Type ERQ100 ERQ125 ERQ140 1 Cool Heat Selector KRC19 26A6 2 Fixing Box KJB111A 3 Central drain plug KKPJ5F180 Notes All options are kits Appendix 231 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics ESiEN09 05 4 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics AHU For air suction R1T For liquid pipe R2T For gas pipe R3T Outdoor unit For outdoor air R1T Outdoor unit for fin thermistor R1T For suction pipe 1 R3T For heat exchanger R4T R6T For suction pipe 2 R5T For Subcooling heat exchanger outlet R6T RAT For Liquid pipe RTT TC 0 0 0 0 0 5 TC 0 0 0 5 20 20 197 81 192 08 30 16 10 15 76 8 19 186 53 181 16 31
29. pe Delrosting operation Operation Yes mode change Note In the AHU stops or the thermostat turns OFF while in oil return operation or defrosting ir A operation pump down residual operation is performed on completion of the oil return operation or defrosting operation V3152 22 Function ESiEN09 05 Basic Control 2 Basic Control 2 1 Cooling Operation Normal Operation Actuator Operation Remarks Compressor Compressor PI control Used for high pressure protection control low pressure protection control discharge pipe temperature protection control and compressor operating frequency upper limit control with inverter protection control Outdoor unit fan Cooling fan control Four way valve OFF Main electronic expansion 480 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 PI control Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF This valve turns on with low pressure protection control Heating Operation Actuator Operation Remarks Compressor Compressor PI control Used for high pressure protection control low pressure protection control discharge pipe temperature protection control and compressor operating frequency upper limit control with inverter protection control Outdoor unit fan STEP 7 or8 Four way valve ON Main electronic expansion valve EV1 control ES ng electron
30. 0 Ov smeis 10118 1oyuoui 1 dvH sn nes ae vi L asn n3 dt V v3 A0S2 nia Aiddns dev 10 pieoq dev div 8230353 53 Control Box Attention Points ESiEN09 05 4 Attention Points Do not forget to place the capacity setting adapter Otherwise you ll get UA or error All capacity setting adapters are delivered with the control box Polarity of the C5 C6 contact F box X control C5 C6 54 Control Box ESiEN09 05 System A EKEQF amp EKEQD box Installation and Operation Manual 5 System A EKEQF amp EKEQD box Installation and Operation Manual Control Box 55 DAIKIN INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 field supplied air handling units Installation and operation manual Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units Installations und Bedienungsanleitung Erweiterungsbausatz f r die Verbindung von Daikin Verfl ssigern mit bauseitigen Luftbehandlungsger ten Manuel d installation et d utilisation Kit d options pour combinaison de groupes condenseur Daikin et unit s de traitement de
31. 201 Discharge Pipe Protection Control 35 RE 202 Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control ADAE IAM 203 Blinks Repeats Double Blink 223 204 Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Eo RR 205 Blinks Repeats Single Blink 220 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure 207 E Low Pressure Protection Control 34 E aun 181 IMMEMORES 182 M ID 184 Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board 161 186 Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device 171 ERNEUT 187 Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R2T 193 E Oea 188 Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor 198 Electrical and Functional Parts Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System 179 14 Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Error of External Protection Device 165 Fin Temperature Rise 201 Excessive Number of AHUS 215 Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor 199 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic F Expansion Valve Y1E 169
32. 226 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Part 10 Appendix UNE Piping uuu uu aceite wai T 228 1 1 Outdoor uu u a u u E 228 2 Winnog AAS uuu de cecal 229 2 1 Outdoor 229 2 2 Field Wirlfig eanes a EIE 230 CES PU LIST rc PEN 231 4 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics 232 2 Pressure Sensor NN NES 234 6 Method of Replacing the Inverter s Power Transistors Modules 235 Appendix 227 51 9 05 Piping Diagrams iagrams D Outdoor Uni ERQ 100 125 140 A7V1B 1 Piping 1 1 uonoeuuoo 6 79 epis uo dois einsseud ufi z in piougog lt Jossaidwog Pr eqm Joy 9 anen 2 plougjos 5 5 lo i eqn m 2191114 205098 x einsseid Josues 1109 alles
33. Outlook Model name Series Model Name Power Supply Inverter Heat Pump ERQ 100A 125A 140A V1B V1 16 220 240V 50Hz General Information 51 9 05 Model Names of Outdoor Units Control Box and Expansion Valve 1 2 Control Box Outlook Types We distinguish 3 types of control boxes m EKEQD Z control m X Y control m Z control only with VRV outdoor unit Control type X Control of air temperature Ts or by means of external device DDC controller Control type Y Control of evaporation and condensing temperature Te by Daikin control no DDC needed Control type Z Control of air temperature T or T by Daikin control DDC needed Legend Ta Discharge air control Ts Suction air control T Room air control Te Evaporating temperature control Tc Condensing temperature control AHU Air handling unit DDC Digital controller General Information Model Names of Outdoor Units Control Box and Expansion Valve ESiEN09 05 1 3 Expansion Valve Outlook Expansion valve kit installation drawing Model name Limits for outdoor unit expansion valve kit Outdoor unit class 100 EKEXV63 125 125 EKEXV63 140 140 EKEXV80 140 Depending on the heat exchanger a connectable E
34. 10 Thermo off x control B 6 min 7 3 1 7 Thermo x control 2 _ cooling D level 8 Thermo off x control cooling A level 9 Thermo off x control 1 heating A level Thermo on x control b cooling D level 3 4 1 Remark 1 more settings possible see Field Settings 3 1 4 Field Settings Details 1 System Setting The ERQ is a heat pump but can be limited to cooling only or heating only by a setting Mode n Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 20 10 8 Heat pump 02 Cooling only 03 Heating only 94 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting 2 Control Setting for EKEQF Box With the EKEQF box 2 types of control are possible x control with DDC controller y control DDC controller For more information about x y control refer to Part 6 Control Box EKEQ Mode n Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 23 13 0 x control 02 y control 3 Indoor Fan Control In cooling and fan only mode the indoor fan is in ON mode when the unit is working In heating different situations are possible A 4 Hot Start Mode n Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 22 12 3 01 Fan ON at thermo off 02 Fan ON at thermo off O Fan OFF at thermo off 23 13 8 20441
35. 154 2 2 Self diagnosis by Wired remote 2 11 1 1 155 2 3 remote control Service Mode 156 2 4 remote control Self Diagnosis Function 2 2 2 2 2 158 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 165 3 1 AP Error of External Protection 165 AP AHU PC Board E 166 3 3 B5 AHU Fan Motor M1F Lock Overload 167 34 Abnormal Power Supply Voltage rita kit neben a 168 3 5 AS AHU Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Perret M 169 3 6 Au Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device 171 37 P AHU Failure of Transmission Between PC Board and Fan Board Y m 172 3 8 I Malfunction of Thermistor R2T for Heat Exchanger 174 3 9 75 Malfunction of Thermistor R3T for Gas Pipes 175 3 10 4 Failure of Combination Between PC Board and Fan Board 176 3 11 3 Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Suction Air 177 3 12 TA M
36. In heating operation Pe LP pressure sensor detection value Pe lt 0 17MPa Low pressure not limited 4 Pe gt 0 09MPa P om gt C Ts Teg lt 8deg Pe gt 0 06MPa Low pressure limited INV upper limit frequency 3 step down from current compressor frequenc Pe lt 0 17MPa 10 Hot gas SVP p Current step limited Pe gt 0 20MPa After 15 sec Pe lt 0 12MPa Pe gt 0 17MPa INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current Hot gas SVP ON compressor frequenc lt 0 07 Low pressure _ gt When occurring 3 times within 30 min standby the malfunction code E4 is output 34 Function ESiEN09 05 Protection Control 4 3 Discharge Pipe Protection Control This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature against a malfunction or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature INV compressor Discharge pipe protection control not limited HTdi Value of INV compressor discharge pipe temperature Tdi compensated HTdi gt 115 C with outdoor air temperature r Tp gt 135 C Tp Value of compressor port HTdi lt 100 C temperature calculated by Tc and Te INV upper limit frequency Tp lt 110 C and suction superheated degree 1 s
37. OFF at defrost and oil return 02 Fan ON at defrost and oil return 03 Fan ON at defrost and oil return Fan off during thermo off and fan on during defrost oil return will result in fan on during thermo off During hot start fan on is carried out when T is A C or after B minutes Mode n Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 23 13 7 01 34 C 02 37 03 40 6 01 B 0 02 B 1 BS min 04 B 5 min Test Operation 95 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 5 Thermostat Control 5 1 X control Thermo off When the DDC controller maintains level A for more than B minutes and the thermostat is on thermo off is carried out for at least C minutes After C minutes thermostat on conditions are checked Mode n setting 51 Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 8 level A 1 cooling 01 level A 1 or 2 cooling 6 00 B 3 min C 3 min o 5 3 02 B 7 min C 3 min 03 04 B 3 C 5 min 05 B 5 C 5 min 06 B 7 C 5 min 07 08 3 C 10 min 09 B 5 10 min 10 B 7 10 min 9 level 5 heating 04 level A 4 or 5 heating B Thermo on When the DDC controller reaches level D or higher lower for heating and the thermostat i
38. Table of Contents i 51 9 05 42 Low Pressure Protection Control trek 34 43 Discharge Pipe Protection Control 35 44 inverter Protection Control Luise rbd is iis ive aea a 36 S TEN 37 5 1 Demand Operation debut peret uu yu uum ua 37 5 2 Heating Operation Prohibition 37 6 Outline of Control S 38 6 1 Thermostat Sensor in remote control only for Z control 38 Freeze PIS Ve MOI 40 6 3 Hot Start Control In Heating Operation Only 41 Part 6 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 43 1 Different Systems with their Control Boxes 44 11 System mH 44 12 System PRSE m 46 2 GR dec uuu uu TEM 49 21 ror ep T 49 2 2 aoi 50 CEDE Co MI 51 Wiring Diagram er Control BOX ou since miu tous tenia bread ad oc 52 WESS Co Ee 52 3 2 2212 53 4 Attention POLIS uu RD Rn uus 54 5 System A EKEQF 4 EKEQD box Installation and Operation Manual 55 6 System EKEQM
39. Output current check secondary current of the inverter is higher than 13 1A 260 sec for each phase YES Compressor overload Inspection of the compressor and refrigerant system is required Compressor inspection The compressor s coil is disconnected YES gt Replace the compressor Disconnect the the connection between the compressor and inverter Make the power transistor check mode setting ON by service mode Inverter output voltage check Inverter output voltage is not balanced Normal if within 5V Must be measured when frequency is stable NO Replace the inverter PC board assy A2P YES After turning on NO again 5 blinks Reset and restart again YES Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for odd noises vibration and operating status of the compressor V3184 Troubleshooting 203 Troubleshooting by Indication the remote control ESiENO09 05 3 35 L9 Outdoor Unit Inverter Start up Error Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor When overload in the compressor is detected during startup W Defect of compressor Pressure
40. 2 Setto setting mode 1 H1P led is off refer to Setting mode 1 on page 136 3 Press the BS4 TEST button for 5 seconds when the unit is at a standstill The test operation starts when the H2P led blinks and the remote control indicates TEST test operation and external control It may take 10 minutes to bring the state of refrigerant uniform before the compressor starts but that is not a malfunction The test operation is automatically carried out in cooling mode during 15 30 minutes Depending on the situation the refrigerant running sound or the sound of a magnetic solenoid valve may rise during this operation The following items are automatically checked Check for incorrect wiring Check if stop valves are open Check of refrigerant charge Automatic judgement of piping length NOTE When you want to terminate the test operation press the 853 RETURN button The unit will keep running for 30 seconds and then stops During test operation it is impossible to stop the unit with the remote control 4 After the test operation maximum 30 minutes the unit automatically stops Check the operation results by the outdoor unit led indication HIP 2 H3P 5 H6P normal e e gt e eo o abnormal A Please attach the front plate of the outdoor unit in order to prevent electric shocks The led indication changes during this operat
41. Discharge pipe temperature is YES 120 C or higher pm the gt Refrigerant shortage compression d stop by defect etc Defect of the malfunction refrigerant system Pull out the discharge pipe thermistor from the outdoor PC board and then make measurement of resistance using a multiple meter characteristics 0 the discharge pipe thermistor normal Replace the discharge pipe 3 5 400KQ thermistor NO YES Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3068 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P233 190 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 22 F5 Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Overcharged Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the heat exchanging deicer temperature during a check operation When the amount of refrigerant which is calculated by using the heat exchanging deicer temperature during a check run exceeds the standard Refrigerant overcharge Misalignment of the thermistor for heat exchanger Defect of the thermistor for heat exchanger Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be o
42. When the normal demand operation is carried out Use of the external control adapter for outdoor unit is not required 1 While in Setting mode 2 make setting of the set item No 32 Setting of constant demand to ON 2 While in Setting mode 2 select the set item No 30 Setting of Demand 1 level and then set the setting condition to targeted mode Power consumption 4 When the Normal Rated power consumption 80 of rated power consumption 70 of rated power consumption 60 of rated power consumption demand setting is set to ON OFF has been set at Fea eae a ain aaa a aie M ra CR a factory the power consumption can be pie I I ER S TT ER set with the Lt M MI Ie m si Demand 1 level setting 70 of The power consumption set with Demand 1 level setting rated power consumption has been set at factory V3082 112 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control Setting mode 1 H1P off In setting mode 2 push the BS1 MODE button one time Setting mode 1 is entered and H1P off During the setting mode 1 is displayed In low noise operation and In demand control are displayed Setting mode 2 H1P on In setting 1 push and hold the BS1 MODE button for more than 5 seconds Setting mode 2 is
43. with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 INSTALLATION OF THERMISTORS Fixation of the thermistor A Put the thermistor wire slightly down to avoid water Refrigerant thermistors accumulation on top of the thermistor Location of the thermistor A correct installation of the thermistors is required to ensure a good operation 1 Liquid R2T Install the thermistor behind the distributor on the coldest pass of the heat exchanger contact your heat exchanger dealer good contact between thermistor and air handling unit Put the top of the thermistors on the air handling unit this is the most sensitive point of the 2 Gas R3T thermistor Install the thermistor at the outlet of the heat exchanger as close as possible to the heat exchanger Evaluation must be done to check if the air handling unit is protected against freeze up Execute test operation and check for freeze up 1 Most sensitive point of the thermistor 2 Maximize the contact 1 Fix the thermistor with insulating aluminum tape field supply in order to ensure a good heat transference lt lt lt 2 Put the supplied piece of rubber around the thermistor R2T R3T in order to avoid loosening of the thermistor after some years 1 Liquid R2T 2 Gas R3T Installation of the thermistor cable N 1 Putthe thermistor cable in a separate protective tube amp A 2 Always add a pull rel
44. 5 nitrogen into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized film on the inside of the pipes adversely affecting valves and 2 Drill 4 holes on correct position measurements as indicated in compressors in the refrigerating system and preventing normal figure below and fix the valve kit box securely with 4 screws operation through the provided holes 29 mm B When brazing while inserting nitrogen into the piping nitrogen must be set to 0 02 MPa with a pressure reducing valve just NOTE Make sure that the expansion valve is installed enough so that it can be felt on the skin vertically Make sure there is enough free space for future i x 3 7 5 maintenance Brazing work 6 For details see manual of the outdoor unit 1 Refrigerant piping 3 Prepare the inlet outlet field piping just in front of the connection 2 Part to be brazed do not braze yet 3 Taping 192 5 mm 4 Hands valve ey 5 Pressure reducing valve o 6 Nitrogen 9 For details see manual of the outdoor unit Electrical work 1 Open electrical box cover 3 2 Push out ONLY the second lower wire intake hole from 3 inside to outside Do not damage the membrane 3 Pass valve cable with wires Y1 from the control box through that membrane wire intake hole and connect the cable wires into the terminal connector C following instructions as described in step 4 Route the cable out of the valve kit box Y according to
45. Cautions for selection of the air handling unit See table below for applicable units Select the air handling unit field supply according to the technical data and limitations mentioned below The design pressure of the air handling unit is at least 40 bar Lifetime of the outdoor unit operation range or operation reliability may be influenced if you neglect these limitations Limits for outdoor unit expansion valve kit Outdoor Outdoor unit class EKEXV kit unit class EKEXV kit 100 EKEXV63 125 200 100 250 125 EKEXV63 140 250 EKEXV125 250 140 EKEXV80 140 Depending on the heat exchanger a connectable EKEXV expansion valve kit must be selected to these limitations Allowed heat exchanger Allowed heat exchanger volume dm capacity kW Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 63 1 66 2 08 6 3 7 8 80 2 09 2 64 7 9 9 9 100 2 65 3 30 10 0 12 3 125 3 31 4 12 12 4 15 4 140 4 13 4 62 15 5 17 6 200 4 63 6 60 TET 24 6 250 6 61 8 25 24 7 30 8 Saturated suction temperature SST 6 C SH superheat 5 K air temperature 27 C DB 19 C WB 1 Selecting the condensing unit Depending on necessary capacity of the combination an outdoor unit needs to be selected see Engineering databook for capacity Each outdoor unit can be connected to a range of air handling units W The range is determined by the allowed expansion valve kits
46. Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 125 200 A7V1 Malfunction is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter When the aforementioned voltage waveform becomes identical with the waveform of the power supply open phase Defect of main circuit capacitor Improper main circuit wiring Defect of outdoor unit PC board A2P Imbalance of phase to phase voltages Open phase N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Make measurement of power supply voltages between L1 and L2 L1 and L3 and L2 and L3 Have the power supply voltages of three phases fallen within the range of rated voltage 10 NO gt Correct the power supply voltages Has the imbalance of phase to phase voltages fallen within 10 NO gt Correct the power supply voltages YES gt Replace the inverter PC board assy A2P 206 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 3 38 OO Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve Failure Remote control Li Display Applicable ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Models Method of Short of gas malfunction is detected by discharge pipe temperature thermistor and low pressure Malfunction sat
47. P DA IKIN 5 09 05 ww uut re 4 TERT Ae CS lt a 4 Service Manual ERQ Condensing Unit Single Phase 100 125 140 A7V1B outdoor unit EKEQDIF MCBV3 control box EKEXV 50 63 80 100 125 140 expansion valve kit PDA IKIN 51 9 05 Service Manual ERQ Condensing Unit Single Phase ERQ 100 125 140 A7V1B outdoor unit EKEQD F MCBV3 control box EKEXV 50 63 80 100 125 140 expansion valve kit ESiEN09 05 MM ice NEM TET TN 1 1 Satety Cautions ct i Part 1 General Information J J U Raus 1 Model Names of Outdoor Units Control Box and Expansion Valve Kit 2 11 Outdoor 2 1 22 Control 3 1 3 Expansion Valve uu 4 2 Combination 8 000 5 Part 2 Specifications RENE REI a A s s usus sss sss 1 8 11 Outdoor 8 1 2 Air Handling UNITS aa ane aa araa 11 Part 3 List of Electrical and Functional 13 1 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 14 1 1 Qutdoor au Z trece ta Tete quet qute naue aa igus uh
48. PM 0 00 34 27 Night time x 5 JAM 6 00 xt low noise end setting AM 7 00 xt e AM 8 00 Factory setting 29 Capacity Low noise precedence precedence setting 2 Factory je setting Capacity 9 e precedence 30 60 of setting 1 xt G G ratedpower 3 e e consumption 70 of rated power consumption 2 e Factory setting 80 of 34 consumption 32 OFF demand x Factory ke e x setting setting ON Setting mode indication section Setting No indication section Set contents indication section 114 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting 3 2 4 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site fully open the respective expansion valve All outdoor 5 operation is prohibited Operation procedure In Setting Mode 2 with units in stop mode set 21 Refrigerant Recovery Vacuuming mode to ON The respective expansion valve of the units are fully opened TEST OPERATION is displayed on the remote control and the outdoor unit operation is prohibited After setting do not cancel Setting Mode 2 until completion of refrigerant recovery operation Collect the refriger
49. Pressure sensor high Pressure sensor low Pressure switch high Power module Diode module IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor IM Terminal strip power supply Terminal strip C H selector A4P Terminal strip control Electronic expansion valve main autetn Electronic expansion valve subcool b c EE Solenoid valve 4 way valve ERES Solenoid valve hot gas Rec Solenoid valve unload circuit ZAG Z86 i Noise filter ferrite core ZAF ZAF Noise filter Selector switch fan cool heat y Selector switch cool heat Connector of option adapter Connector option adapter power supply NOTE This wiring diagram only applies to the outdoor t unit Refer to the wiring diagram sticker on the back of the front plate for instructions on how to use BS1 BS5 and DS1 1 DS1 2 switches Do not operate the unit by short circuiting protection device S1PH Refer to the installation manual for connection wiring to the control box 11 2 Precautions on electrical wiring work Before obtaining access to terminal devices all supply circuits must be interrupted Use only copper wires Do not turn on the main switch until all the wiring is completed Make sure that the main switch has a contact separation of at least 3 m
50. Test Operation 101 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 Mode changing procedure Setting mode 2 Push and hold the BS1 Normal Using the MODE button the modes can be changed as follows Push the BS1 MODE button MODE button for 5 seconds MODE on H1P gt Setting mode 1 one time Push the BS1 MODE button one time e H1P Monitor mode MODE Blinking V2761 Mode changing procedure Press BS1 MODE button for more than 5 sec Setting mode 1 Initial condition Setting mode 2 gt Setting item selection Set Press BS3 RETURN button Setting condition selection Set Press BS3 RETURN button Setting condition Contents display Press BS3 RETURN button Press BS1 MODE button Press BS1 MODE button Set Select mode with BS2 SET button in each selection step Monitor mode gt Check item selection Set Contents display Press BS3 RETURN button Press BS3 RETURN button Press BS1 MODE button V2762 102 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting a Setting mode 1 This mode is used to set and check the following items 1 Set items In order to make COOL HEAT selection in a batch of outdoor unit gr
51. guarantee the safety of the product Daikin Europe N V is participating in the EUROVENT Certification Programme Products are as listed in the EUROVENT Directory of Certified Products The present publication is drawn up by way of information only and does not constitute an offer binding upon Daikin Europe N V Daikin Europe N V has compiled the content of this publication to the best of its knowledge No express or implied warranty is given for the completeness accuracy reliability or fitness for particular purpose of its content and the products and services presented therein Specifications are subject to change without prior notice Daikin Europe N V explicitly rejects any liability for any direct or indirect damage the broadest sense arising from or related to the use and or interpretation of this publication All content is copyrighted by Daikin Europe N V ESiEN09 05 ESiEN09 05 02 2010 Copyright Daikin Prepared in Belgium by Lannoo www lannooprint be a company whose concern for the environmont setin the EMAS and ISO 14001 systems in Europe N V Zandvoordestraat 300 B 8400 Oostende Responsible Editor
52. i Only for combining VRV indoors System B lt MULTI suction control VRV EXV Kit an i EKEXV KIT 2 7777 Qty of kits is limited by connection ratio Multi application with VRV means the ability to combine 1 outdoor unit several AHU as well as VRV indoors minimum 1 is required The required control box for this application is EKEQM 46 Control Box Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 05 3 Sdoueysip Z J H 3 H NHY uo puedep Kjddns JO UO ueg 7 adh pepeeu JojsiuJeuy puru NHV u NHY SQHV J SI g W S S AYA uo SNHY JO Jequunu Jo uonoeuuoo SI pojoeuuoo eq UBD u JO JOqUINN uondo uonoeuuoo UDDOWAaYe 24 L4 Ajuo ZHOS ADEZ L Ajddns ae 351 AX3 3 L NHY ANA edid seo 2414 u NHY AYA JPI AX3I AYA 8 d H 2 04 007 10 2 04 0 2 pejeoipeq 47 Con
53. o 3 3 DIP switches 2 DS1 1 051 2 mp e el el el el Led state Throughout the manual the state of the leds is indicated as follows Yt blinking Setting the push button switch 51 5 Function of the push button switch which is located on the outdoor unit PCB H3P HP M H6P H7P MODE TEST MASTER SLAVE LN OP DEMAND HWL We je We MODE SET RETURN TEST RESET BS1 MODE For changing the set mode BS2 SET For field setting BS3 RETURN For field setting BS4 TEST For test operation BS5 RESET For resetting the address when the wiring is changed or when an additional air handling unit is installed The figure shows state of the led indications when the unit is shipped from the factory Setting the mode The set mode can be changed with the BS1 MODE button according to the following procedure For setting mode 1 Press the BS1 MODE button once the H1P led is off e For setting mode 2 Press the BS1 MODE button for 5 seconds the H1P led is x If the H1P led is blinking xx and the BS1 MODE button is pushed once it will change to setting mode 1 NOTE If you get confused in the middle of the setting process push 851 MODE button Then it returns E to setting mode 1 H1P led is off Setting mode 1 The H1P led is off COOL HEAT selection setting Setting procedure 1 Push
54. 1 1 4 Using Icons Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information The meaning of each icon is described in the table below 1 1 5 Using Icons List Icon Type of Description Information Note A note provides information that is not indispensable but may nevertheless be valuable to the reader such as tips and tricks Note Caution A caution is used when there is danger that the reader through incorrect manipulation may damage equipment loose data get Caution an unexpected result or has to restart part of a procedure Warning Warning A warning is used when there is danger of personal injury specific topic Reference reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or in this manual where he she will find additional information on a ESiEN09 05 Part 1 General Information 1 Model Names of Outdoor Units Control Box and Expansion Valve 2 1 1 Outdoor Units ENEE ini n ae 2 1 2 3 1 3 Expansion Valve 4 2 Combination 5 General Information Model Names of Outdoor Units Control Box and Expansion Valve 09 05 1 Model Names of Outdoor Units Control Box and Expansion Valve Kit 11 Outdoor Units
55. 3 Vacuum pump with check valve Vacuum pump adapter 2 flow vacuum adapter m Specifications Discharge speed Maximum degree of vacuum 50 l min 50Hz Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep 60 l min 60Hz the vacuum degree of the system in excess of Suction port UNF7 16 20 1 4 Flare 100 7 kPa 5 torr 755 mmHg UNF 1 2 20 5 16 Flare with adapter Differences e Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adapter Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 243 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 05 4 Leak tester Specifications e Hydrogen detecting type etc e Applicable refrigerants R 410A R 407C R 404A R 507A R 134a etc Differences e Previous testers detected chlorine Since HFCs do not contain chlorine new tester detects hydrogen 5 Refrigerant oil Air compal Specifications e Contains synthetic oil therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle e Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time Differences e Can be used for R 410A and R 22 units 6 Gauge manifold for R 410A Specifications e High pressure gauge 0 1 to 5 3 MPa 76 cmHg to 53 kg cm e Low pressure gauge 0 1 to 3 8 MPa 76 cmHg to 38 kg cm 1 4 5 16 2min 2 5min is used in pressure test of
56. 5 1 Demand 37 5 2 Heating Operation Prohibition a u a aa 37 lt Outline of Control E 38 6 1 Thermostat Sensor in remote control only for Z control 38 6 2 Freeze Prevention esito treo a er RON 40 6 3 Hot Start Control In Heating Operation Only 41 Function 21 Operation Mode ESiEN09 05 1 Operation Mode Operation in lt stop mode AHU stop or AHU th tat ON thermostat OFF Malfunction Standby P gt Restart standby ressure equalization gt prior to startup Malfunction Standby AHU stop or Startup control thermostat OFF N Cooling startup 7 gt control residual AHU thermostat ON Heating startup lt U thermostat O operation lt control Malfunction Standby stop Normal operation UN thermostat OFF Compressor PI control gt Electronic expansion valve PI control Protection control gt Cooling or heating 4 operation lt Malfunction Standby Yes y D n mat gt Oil return operation Yes Defrost IN conditions are
57. A Push out ONLY the second lower wire intake hole B from inside to outside Do not damage the membrane figure below and fix the valve kit box securely with 4 screws 3 des 2 2 2 wires 2 The the 2 7 through the provided holes 9 mm t roug that mem rane wire intake hole an connect t e cable wires into the terminal connector C following instructions as NOTE E N that th is installed described in step 4 Route the cable out of the valve kit box ne expansion IS Inside according to figure below and fix with the wrap See vertically Electric wiring work on page 78 for more details Make sure there is enough free space for future maintenance Brazing work For details see manual of the outdoor unit 3 Prepare the inlet outlet field piping just in front of the connection do not braze yet 3 3 4 Use a small screwdriver and follow indicated instructions for connecting cable wires into the terminal connector according to the wiring diagram Y Inlet coming from the outdoor unit B Outlet to air handling unit Pipe fixing clamp s 4 Remove the pipe fixing clamp C by unscrewing 2x 5 5 Remove upper and lower pipe insulations 6 the field piping 5 Make sure that field wiring and insulation is not squeezed when Make sure to cool the filters and valve body with a wet cloth and make sure the body temperature 6 does no
58. C ena T TN 4 2 ainssald pla 9 uolsuedx yeoy edid lqnoq uolsuedx Sluono l3 Appendix 228 iagrams D iring ESiEN09 05 iagrams D Outdoor Un ERQ 100 125 140 A7V1B 2 Wiring 2 1 293114 9SION 302 312 uo ES ay apop uonounyjel Tol oi acHi Kose 1 9814 V 9 1 9514 nri nid 159 unie 196 Spo usng 658 158 pa H 1 Joss sdwoo Jo uojsod 2 J 558 758 ESA 258 58 eui uonoeuuoo 10 uos ZSA LSC pue 9 Sg asn uo aje d luo1 jo UO jexons Buum 1049H o ss sION queo E uon uuoD2 40 99UU0D 52 dms T eH 002 WMS 505 Ienn N N 000 ue3
59. Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature thermistor When the suction air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running Defect of AHU thermistor R1T for air inlet W Defect of AHU PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution OF parts damage may be occurred Connector is NO connected to AHU PC gt Connect the thermistor and turn on again Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor from the AHU PC board 7 2 112 gt Replace the thermistor Replace the AHU PC board V2786 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P232 Troubleshooting 177 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 3 12 LR Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by discharge air temperature thermistor When the discharge air temperature thermi
60. Faulty low pressure sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal Faulty low ressure n In both cooling protection Faulty hot gas solenoid valve lt Are the coil resistance andinsulanon normal i lt Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker and heating mE ls th lue checked with the Service Check See 2 A Faulty control PCB corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor aulty indoor In cooling unit datorie Faulty valve coil lt Are the coil resistance and insulation normal f the AHU expansion valve electronic Faulty valve body expansion valve is throttled too much Faulty gas pipe lt Check for the thermistor resistance and connection See 3 Faulty E thermistor of AHU control Faulty electronic Faulty liquid pipe thermistor lt Check for the thermistor resistance and connection expansion valve of AHU control Fault trol PCB lt s the pressure value checked with the Service Checker corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor Faulty outdoor Faulty valve coil lt Are the coil resistance and insulation normal unit electronic L y expansion valve Faulty valve body In heating If the outdoor unit Faulty low pressure sensor lt Are the electrical characteristics normal electronic Faulty expansion valve control Faulty suction pipe thermistor lt Check for the thermistor resistance and excessively i throttled See
61. JS 20109195 515 3015313 1V3H 1005 9 lluw LHM UMOJG NU niq n18 sioloO a 94549455949 Hd LS uonoejoud Aq pun y jou oq 9 S 7 yun y seidde Ajuo stu L 229 Appendix 51 9 05 iagrams D iring iring 2 2 Field W ERQ 100 125 140 A7V1B ONY TVONVIA 385 NOLLO3NNOO 01 H3MOd ONIZIULA IHL AO SLSISNOD WALSAS SIHL 8 H3NNVIA G31VtIS31NI NY S3OHNOS H3MOd JHL TIV LdOHH3IINI NYO LWHLHOLIMS 3H1 TIVLSNI 6 HOV3 dO 3NI183MOd OL 3813 JHL ANY HOLIMS TIVLSNI OL 38105 38 8 NOLIVTTVISNI 21519395 V HO OL HO HOS LON ANY AINO NOLLO3NNOO 3O SA1NIOd TVH3N39 HHV NMOHS 9NIHIM Z 3009 1VNOLIVN ANY 1V2O1 318vOrTddv JHL NI 38 TIVHS LINN 9 NVIOIHIO3 T3 LSNW SLN3NOdWOO 07314 A133VS HOS V 33S STIVL3G HOS AINO
62. Method 2 Return to the normal operation mode Push the button one time 156 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by remote control Mode No Function Contents and operation method remote control display example Malfunction history display Display malfunction history The history No can be changed with the button Unit 1 Malfunction code ur 2 U4 l Malfunction code Hystory No 1 9 1 Latest 07 snc Display of sensor and address data Display various types of data Select the data to be displayed with the button Sensor data 0 Thermostat sensor in remote control 1 Suction or level if DDC controller connected 00 level 1 etc 2 Liquid pipe 3 Gas pipe Address data 8 Cool heat group address 9 Demand low noise address Sensor data display Unit No Sensor type aro 4 27 Temperature C Address display Unit No 18 47 1 Address VE008 Forced fan ON Manually turn the fan ON by each unit When you want to search for the unit No By selecting the unit No with the button you can turn the fan of each AHU on forced ON individually Unit 1 009 Troubleshooting 157 Troubleshooting by remote control ESiEN09 05 2 4 remote control Self Diagnosis Function The remote control swi
63. Possibility for Td control Flexibility in applications Higher cost DDC needed In case of X control a DDC controller is needed to operate the unit This DDC controller is field supply but in order to connect it to our ERQ system it is required that it emits a 0 10 VDC signal towards the control box Control Box 49 2 Control 51 9 05 2 11 Different levels level 1 level 2 Control Box level 3 X control level 4 level 5 Inside the control box this 0 10 VDC signal is converted into a voltage level The output voltage increase gives the voltage at which the level increases The output voltage decrease gives the voltage at which the level decreases Output level Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 DDC Output voltage increasing 18 ee 52 Output voltage decreasing 12 32 oe Example Room temperature 20 C set temperature 25 C Heating operation DDC controller calculates the difference and sends a 3 VDC signal fictive value to the control box This is between 1 8 and 3 8 so in level 2 When the room temperature rises to 23 C the DDC controller detects a smaller temperature difference and will send out a higher signal ex 5 VDC The output voltage has increased so you have to use the highest line indicating that you are now in level 3 When the window is opened the room temperature drops and the difference with the set temper
64. Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 26 5 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R6T Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 125 200 7 1 Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by heat exchanger thermistor When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected Defect of thermistor R6T for outdoor unit heat exchanger Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector is connected to X13A of outdoor unit PC board A1P Connect the thermistor and turn on again Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor RAT from the outdoor uni PC board Replace the thermistor R6T 7 Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3074 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P232 Troubleshooting 195 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 3 27 u i Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R7T for Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction
65. equipment and have them installed by a professional Ask your dealer to move and reinstall the air conditioner Incomplete installation may result in a water leakage electric shock and fire DAIKIN Operation manual 142 ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 Cautions Do not use the air conditioner for other purposes In order to avoid any quality deterioration do not use the unit for cooling precision instruments food plants animals or works of art In order to avoid injury do not remove the fan guard of the outdoor unit To avoid oxygen deficiency ventilate the room sufficiently if equipment with burner is used together with the air conditioner After a long use check the unit stand and fitting for damage If damaged the unit may fall and result in injury Do not place a flammable spray bottle near the air conditioner and do not use sprays Doing so may result in a fire Before cleaning be sure to stop the operation turn the breaker off or pull out the supply cord Otherwise an electric shock and injury may result Do not operate the air conditioner with a wet hand An electric shock may result Do not place items which might be damaged by moisture under the air handling unit Condensation may form if the humidity is above 80 if the drain outlet is blocked or the filter is polluted Do not place appliances which produce open fire in places exposed to the ai
66. malfunctioning AHUs set transmission with all AHUs malfunctioning Set the group No correctly Replace indoor unit PC board transmission wiring with the master NO controller disconnected or gt Fix the wiring correctly wired incorrectly master controller s YES connector for setting master controller disconnected gt Connect the connector correctly Replace the central PC board V2841 Troubleshooting 219 Troubleshooting by Indication the Unified ON OFF Controller ESiEN09 05 4 2 Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Blinks Repeats Single Blink remote control under host computer integrated control Repeats single blink Display Applicable Unified ON OFF controller Models Central controller Schedule timer Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Address duplication of central remote control Causes Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control Connection of more than one master controller Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control W Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control 220 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller Troubleshooting sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector
67. master or slave 1 or slave 2 and malfunction location Push the RETURN BS3 button and Switches to the initial status of Monitor mode Push the MODE BS1 button and returns to Setting mode 1 Detail description on next page Contents of malfunction Malfunction code Open phase Power supply imbalance Imbalance of inverter power supply voltage Faulty temperature sensor of inverter radiation fin Faulty thermistor of inverter fin Refrigerant shortage Refrigerant shortage alarm Abnormal power supply voltage Insufficient Inverter voltage Faulty charge of capacitor in main inverter circuit Malfunction due to SP PAM overvoltage Malfunction due to P N short circuit No implementation of test run Transmission error between AHU and outdoor unit I O transmission error transmission error Transmission error of other system AHU system abnormal in other system or other AHU system abnormal in own System Erroneous field setting System transmission malfunction Overconnection malfunction of AHUs Malfunction of field setting Refrigerant abnormal Connection error BP unit Faulty system malfunction Conflict in wiring and piping no setting for system Wiring error Auto address error Conflict in wiring and piping Troubleshooting 163 Troubleshooting by remote cont
68. outdoor unit 1 In cooling it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve EV1 is fully open 2 In heating the AHU electronic expansion valve is used for subcooled degree control C SDK04009 224 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller CHECK 2 Check for causes of drop in low pressure Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis FTA shown below probe the faulty points Abnormally low low pressure Low evaporating temperature In cooling E 5 See 1 Faulty Faulty low pressure sensor lt Are the electrical characteristics normal compressor Faulty low capacity Faulty control PCB lt ls the pressure value checked with the Service Checker Sail control corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor contro
69. window frame If the unit is not securely mounted it can fall and cause injury For integral units only Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment and follow the technical standards related to the electrical equipment the internal wiring regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting electrical work Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an electrical shock or fire ESiEN09 05 Introduction A Warning Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the AHU and outdoor units Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire When connecting the cable between the AHU and outdoor units make sure that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable Ifthe cover is not mounted properly the terminal connection section can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire Do not damage or modify the power cable Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire Placing heavy items on the power cable and heating or pulling the power cable can damage the cable Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant R 410A in the refrigerant system If air enters the refrigerating system an excessively high
70. 14 Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit BER BRB RRR RRR RRR RRR RRR RR RRR RRR RR RR RR RRR RR RE REE REE 15 t Relrigerant CCU 16 11 Outdoor 7 nnns 16 2 Functional Parts Layout P 18 21 100 125 140 A7V1B 2 18 5 Operation Qupa 22 2 COMMON TEE 23 2 1 Normal Operation uuu uuu ul a eras eia biaya o c REPE AR rv ugue 23 2 2 Compressor PI Control sss nenne 24 2 3 Cooling Operation Fan Control rtt ice 25 2 Special OMIM Ol ecc 26 Startup 26 3 2 Oil Return Operation 27 CER Sirius EEES 29 3 4 Pump down Residual Operation 000 0000 30 210 Restart ioo eee ere 31 3 6 Stopping Operation uu u y uu au a RENE 32 a Protection Control 33 4 1 High Pressure Protection Control 33
71. 153 Troubleshooting by remote control ESiENO09 05 2 Troubleshooting by remote control 2 4 The INSPECTION TEST Button The following modes can be selected by using the Inspection Test Operation button on the remote control Press Inspection Test Operation button for more than 4 seconds Service data can be obtained Malfunciton code history Temperature data of various sections Service settings can be made Forced fan ON Air flow direction volume setting AHU settings can be made Others Local setting mode Press Inspection Test Operation button for more than 4 seconds Press Inspection Test Operation button once Press Inspection Test Operation button once Or after 30 minutes Press Inspection Test Operation button once After 10 seconds Following codes can be checked Malfunction codes operation Thermostat is forcibly turned on mode Press Inspection Test Operation button once V0815 154 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by remote control 2 2 Self diagnosis by Wired remote control Explanation If operation stops due to malfunction the remote control s operation LED blinks and malfunction code is displayed Even if stop operation is carried out malfunction contents are displayed when the inspection mode is entered The malfunction code enable
72. 196 3 28 gt Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R4T 197 3 29 uF Outdoor Unit Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor 198 3 30 ul Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor 199 Troubleshooting 149 51 9 05 3 31 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of PC Board 200 3 32 4 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature MIENNE EI UNT 201 3 33 5 Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Abnormal 202 3 34 4 Outdoor Unit Inverter Current 203 3 35 4 Outdoor Unit Inverter Start up Error 2 0 204 3 36 42 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PG Boal tese eae rk ra qusa d ded 205 3 37 Outdoor Unit High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit 206 3 38 Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve 9 207 3 39 ti Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure 209 3 40 tis Check Operation not Executed 211 3 41 tit Malfunction of Transmission between AHUs and Outdoor Units 212 3 42 15 Malfunction of Transmission between remote control and PN
73. 31 8 1 2H 1 2 1 2H 1 1 438 1 1 2H 1 4 1 2H 1 4 44 5 1 2H 1 6 1 2H 1 6 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 241 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 05 1 Flaring tool m Specifications e Dimension A Flare gauge Differences e Change of dimension A Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed change of work process Previously a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0 5mm was provided for flaring For R 410A air conditioners perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1 0 to 1 5mm For clutch type only Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used Unit mm Tube O D 007 Nominal size Do Class 2 R 410A Class 1 Conventional 1 4 6 35 9 1 9 0 3 8 9 52 182 13 0 1 2 12 70 16 6 16 2 5 8 15 88 19 7 19 4 3 4 19 05 24 0 23 3 Dimension For class 1 R 407C For class 2 R 410A 242 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 51 9 05 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 2 Torque wrench m Specifications e Dimension Unit mm Nominal size Class 1 Class 2 Previous 1 2 24 26 24 5 8 27 29 27 No change in tightening torque No change in pipes of other sizes Differences e Change of dimension B Only 1 2 5 8 are extended For class 1 R 407C For class 2 R 410A l Dimension B
74. COMUOM Rc abnormality such as smell of fire turn off the power supply and 5 Changeover switch Name and function of each switch 144 call your dealer for instructions 6 cc esu en interrete Re ERR en RENE tse 144 Ask your dealer for installation of the air conditioner Te Operation procedure uuu 144 Incomplete installation performed by yourself may result in a 7 1 Cooling heating and fan only 144 water leakage electric shock and fire 8 Energy saving and optimum 145 Do not place objects in direct proximity of the outdoor unit and 9 145 do not let leaves and other debris accumulate around the unit 9 1 Maintenance after a long stop period 145 S m 4 ie es animals which En the a 9 2 Maintenance before long stop period 145 21 MIS 22 Ons pene 10 Following symptoms are not air conditioner troubles 145 P B Tic Troubleshooting eee ns atau aa ma a cerent 146 m Askyour Ter improvement Incomplete improvement repair and maintenance may result in 12 2 2 and ay a water leakage electric shock and fire After sales 12 2 Shortening of m
75. Caution or parts damage may be occurred Hasa once connected optional controller for centralized control been disconnected or itsaddress changed NO Is the power supply turned on for all optional controllers for centralized control YES Is the reset switch of all optional controllers for centralized control set to normal transmission wiring disconnected or ired incorrectly central remote control or schedule timer connected gt Reset power supply simultaneously for all optional controllers for centralized control gt Turn on power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control gt Set reset switch to normal remote control or schedule timer displaying a malfunction Are two or more unified ON OF controllers connected unified ON OFF controller s switch for setting gt Fix the wiring correctly YES Refer to failure diagnosis for central remote control or schedule timer Correct the setting of the unified ON OFF controller s switch for setting each address and reset the power supply of the unified ON OFF controller V2842 Troubleshooting 221 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller ESiEN09 05 x Is the wiring adaptor YES for electrical appendices connected NO Isa schedule timer connect
76. Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the liquid pipe thermistor When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected Defect of thermistor R7T for outdoor unit liquid pipe W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector is connected to NO X13A of outdoor unit PC gt Connect the thermistor and turn board A1P on again YES Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor from the outdoor uni PC board NO gt Replace the thermistor R6T gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3074 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P232 196 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 28 J Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor RAT Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor When the subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor is shor
77. ERQ125A7V1B 5 Portugues Unidade de condensa o com inversor ERQ140A7V1B ERQ125A7W1B ERQ200A7W1B Instrukcja obs ugi polski ERQ250A7W1B Skraplacz typu Inverter TEST gt A O C llel H H H amp Jes Sy S Ses AE 7 6 7 8 DAIKIN ERQ100A7V1B ERQ125A7W1B ERQ125A7V1B ERQ200A7W1B ERQ140A7V1B ERQ250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit Operation manual CONTENTS Page Warnings 1 Safety Caultloris qaquy upas aw Ht is not good for your health to expose your body to the air flow 2 Important information regarding the refrigerant used for a long time What to do before operation In order to avoid electric shock fire or injury or if you detect any A FEMOtS
78. THE EQUIPMENT BE SURE ONLY 3 1 Precautions for reete 123 TO USE ACCESSORIES MADE BY DAIKIN WHICH ARE 3 2 ias ober nr eret 123 SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR USE WITH THE 3 3 once cnr Ere ero tte 123 EQUIPMENT AND HAVE THEM INSTALLED BY A 4 Selecting installation 123 PROFESSIONAL DAIKIN EQUIPMENT IS DESIGNED FOR COMFORT 5 P t tallatiopi nct ett nte 124 2 2 APPLICATIONS FOR USE IN OTHER APPLICATIONS OVET PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DAIKIN DEALER 5 2 Method for removing transportation stay 125 5 3 Method for installing drain piping 2125 IF UNSURE OF INSTALLATION PROCEDURES USE 6 Installation servicing space 125 ALWAYS CONTACT YOUR DEALER FOR ADVICE AND INFORMATION 7 Refrigerant pipe size and allowable pipe length 126 7 1 Selection of piping material THIS AIR CONDITIONER COMES UNDER THE TERM E APPLIANCES NOT ACCESSIBLE TO THE GENERAL 8 Precautions on refrigerant piping PUBLIC 8 1 Cautions for 8 2 Cautions for flare connection 127 The English text is the original instruction Other languages are S 127 translations of the original instructions 9 1 Preventing foreign obj
79. X nod Oo 0 cc O Bun n6 2 aunssald w T of h 5 j eau Buroooqns 8 uolsuedx ael pius Q uolsuedx 9luono g 29114 30052712 17 Refrigerant Circuit 51 9 05 100 125 140 A7V1B Birds eye view 2 Functional Parts Layout Functional Parts Layout 2 1 2 _ x 2 2 2 ui al a gt gt z z ui lt 2 o o e u a a 2 lt ox ua o ou ala gt lt El a cla 2 2 lt ola 29 Qj olz ola E gt Ola Cla ola DIO 0 ci z 5 Bla Be cO T x9 O u z tu wla 5 amp S Ee 5 OS qs 8 YES Flo ws Fle 2 2 zz ilz 012 BIS 58 Ral Es ps 882 mp SE 2 or 2 i 3 ADT SAN EN vj LA 277177734 gt
80. a potentially explosive atmosphere ACCESSORIES EKEQFCB EKEQDCB Thermistor R1T 1 Thermistor R3T R2T a 2 2 5 m cable Insulation sheet Rubber sheet Wire to wire splice Installation and operation manual 7 8 Screw nut Oy Tie wrap Capacity setting adapter T Stopper closing cup 0 2 Obligatory accessory Expansion valve EKEXV EKEQDCB Refer to chapter Valve kit installation on page 61 for installation instructions Optional accessories EKEQFCB EKEQDCB remote control 10 1 Not required for operation only useful accessory tool for service and installation NAME AND FUNCTION OF PARTS See figure 1 and figure 2 Parts and components 1 Outdoor unit 2 Control box EKEQFCB EKEQDCB 3 Air handling unit field supply 4 Controller field supply 5 Field piping field supply 6 Expansion valve kit Wiring connections 7 Outdoor unit power supply 8 Control box wiring Power supply and communication between control box and outdoor unit 9 Air handling unit thermistors 10 Communication between controller and control box 11 Power supply and control wiring for air handling unit and controller power supply is separate from the outdoor unit 12 Air thermistor control for air handling unit 13 remote control for service only BEFORE INSTALLATION
81. abnormal yk under preparation or under test operation H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P e 2 Indication of COOL HEAT selection setting 1 When to COOL HEAT change over by each individual outdoor unit circuit 7 factory setting H2P H5P H6P H7P 95 9 This setting factory setting 3 Indication of low noise operation state L N O P e standard operation factory setting 123 L N O P operation HIP H2P 5 H6P H7P e e 4 Indication of power consumption limitation setting DEMAND e standard operation factory setting T DEMAND operation H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P e 12 4 Test operation NOTE gm After turning on the power supply the unit can not be started until the H2P initialisation led goes off maximum 12 minutes Depending on the application it is possible that the remote control is required for performing settings during first installation and servicing only service tool Check the stop valves Make sure to open the gas and liquid line stop valves After installation perform the test operation Unless the test operation is performed the error code U3 is shown on the remote control and the unit cannot be operated Performing the test operation 1 To protect the compressor make sure to turn on the power supply 6 hours before starting operation
82. according to specifications of the next table A Take special precaution for connection to the controller field supply Do not miswire the output signals nor the input signal ON OFF This mistake could damage the entire system Table connection and application Maximum length Cross section Description Connect to Type of cable mm Specifications Power supply HO5VV F3G2 5 25 Power supply 230 V 1 50 Hz Y1 Y6 Expansion valve Expansion valve kit LIYCY3 x 2 x 0 75 20 Digital output 12 V DC connection 27 Standard 5 Analog input 16 V DC Thermistor R3T Maximum 20 pum gas pipe m HO5VV F2 x 0 75 remote contro PIRA optional 0 75 as 100 Communication line 16 V DC pigs Communication to Outdoor unit outdoor unit 11 12 ON OFF Digital input 16 V DC C1 C2 Error signal Digital output volt f 3 output voltage free C3 C4 Operation signal Controller field supply LIYCY4 x 2x 0 75 Maximum 230 V maximum 0 5 A C5 C6 Capacity step Analog input 0 10 V Air handling unit fan _ Digital output voltage free Fan signal field supply 25 230 2 Digital output voltage free C9 C10 Defrost signal Controller field supply LIYCY4 x 2x 0 75 0 75 n Maximum 230 V maximum 0 5 A Recommended size all wiring must comply with local cod
83. after the power is turned on The micro computer is getting ready to operate Wait 10 minutes Symptom 4 White mist comes out of a unit Symptom 4 1 Air handling unit When humidity is high during cooling operation If the interior of an air handling unit is extremely contaminated the temperature distribution inside a room becomes uneven It is necessary to clean the interior of the air handling unit Ask your dealer for details on cleaning the unit This operation requires a qualified service person Immediately after the cooling operation stops and if the room temperature and humidity are low This is because warm refrigerant gas flows back into the air handling unit and generates steam Symptom 4 2 Air handling unit outdoor unit W When the system is changed over to heating operation after defrost operation Moisture generated by defrost becomes steam and is exhausted Symptom 5 The remote control display reads U4 or U5 and stops but then restarts after a few minutes This is because the remote control is intercepting noise from electric appliances other than the air conditioner This prevents communication between the units causing them to stop Operation automatically restarts when the noise ceases Symptom 6 Noise of air conditioners Symptom 6 1 Air handling unit outdoor unit A continuous low hissing sound is heard when the system is in cooling or defrost operation This is the sound of refrigerant g
84. an outdoor unit is left Open the gas side shutoff valve and the liquid side shutoff valve F3 closed Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished correctly Insufficient refrigerant Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping F6 Refrigerant overcharge length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine U1 Power supply cables are connected in the Connect the power supply cables in normal phase Change reverse phase instead of the normal phase two of the three power supply cables L1 L2 L3 to correct phase U2 Insufficient supply voltage Check to see if the supply voltage is supplied properly If a check operation has not been U3 performed Perform a check operation U4 No power is supplied to an outdoor unit Turn the power on for the outdoor unit UA If no dedicated AHU is being used Check the AHU If it is not a dedicated unit replace the AHU oe valve of an outdoor unit is left Open the gas side shutoff valve and the liquid side shutoff valve UF If the right AHU piping and wiring are not Make sure that right AHU piping and wiring are properly properly connected to the outdoor unit connected to the outdoor unit UH If the interunit wiring has not be connected Make sure the interunit w
85. and checking the system in cooling mode Operating the remote control may disturb the normal operation of the system 4 change T1 T2 during power failure 5 Put power of indoor and outdoor unit ON Setting the temperature control system Mode No Description of setting Operation with 0 10 V capacity 01 sa control factory setting 13 23 0 02 Operation with fixed Te Te temperature control or SST evaporating temperature or saturated suction temperature condensing temperature Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 Operation with 0 10 V capacity control Operation with fixed T T temperature control The 0 10 V input is only used for this system of operation and is the base of the capacity control This system needs a field supplied controller with a temperature sensor The temperature sensor can be used to control any temperature Suction air of the air handling unit Room air Discharge air of the air handling unit Program the field supplied controller to generate a 0 10 V signal within conditions as listed Also refer to the graphic and further data in this paragraph for more details gm When target temperature is reached 5 V When lower refrigerant temperature is needed 5 10 V Whe
86. caution will result in improper operation Mode No Description of setting T1 T2 must be open at power 01 restore After power failure the status of T1 T2 must remain identical to the initial T1 T2 status prior to the power failure 12 22 5 02 After power failure T1 T2 must changed to open no cooling heating requested EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 67 OPERATION AND DISPLAY SIGNALS For EKEQF only Abnormal operation on Error open condenser or control system C1 C2 error Power failure signal Normal operation No error closed relay activated 1 2 is open no error detection anymore Output C3 C4 Open Compressor not operating operation signal Closed Compressor operating C7 C8 fan Open Fan off output Closed Fan on C9 C10 defrost Open No defrost operation output Closed Defrost operation Only necessary for field ca 2 0 10 V setting 13 23 0 501 pacity step 0 10 V capacity control Input 7 cooling heating 1 2 requested Closed Cooling heating requested Refer to paragraph Operation with 0 10 V capacity control on page 67 t See field setting 12 22 5 For EKEQD only C1 C2 fan Open Fan off Output ou
87. closing the valve kit box cover 6 Close the valve kit box cover 4x 5 INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTROL BOX See figure 4 and figure 6 Control box Hanger brackets Main PCB Transformer Terminal PCB for voltage conversion PCB power supply Magnetic relay operation compressor ON OFF o On GO N a Magnetic relay error status Magnetic relay fan Magnetic relay defrost Optional PCB KRP4 N Mechanical installation 1 Fix the control box with its hanger brackets to the mounting surface Use 4 screws for holes of 26 mm 2 Open lid of the control box 3 Forelectrical wiring refer to paragraph Electric wiring work on page 62 4 Install the screw nuts 5 Close the unnecessary openings with stoppers closing cups 6 Close the lid securely after installation to ensure that the control box is watertight ELECTRIC WIRING WORK 1 field supplied parts and materials and electric works must be conform to local codes Use copper wire only All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician main switch or other means for disconnection having a contact separation in all poles must be incorporated in the fixed wiring in accordance with relevant local and national legislation Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit for the size of power supply electric wire connected to the outdoor unit the capacity of the c
88. detergent may deteriorate the insulation of electronic components and result in burn out of these components DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Dismantling of the unit treatment of the refrigerant of oil and of other parts must be done in accordance with relevant local and national legislation EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option for combination of Daikin condensing units DAIKIN Installation and operation manual with field supplied air handling units 69 4PW52446 1 System EKEQM box Installation and Operation Manual ESiEN09 05 6 System B EKEQM box Installation and Operation Manual 70 Control Box DAIKIN INSTALLATION OPERATION MANUAL Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units Installation and operation manual Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units Installations und Bedienungsanleitung Erweiterungsbausatz f r die Verbindung von Daikin Verfl ssigern mit bauseitigen Luftbehandlungsger ten Manuel d installation et d utilisation Kit d options pour combinaison de groupes condenseur Daikin et unit s de traitement de l air non fournies Montagehandleiding en gebruiksaanwijzing Optiekit voor combinatie van condensorunits van Daikin met lokaal geleverde luchtbehandelingsunits Manual de instalaci n y operaci n Kit de opciones para la combinaci n de unidades de condensaci n Daikin c
89. especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not followed closely The A Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not followed Therefore be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below About the pictograms A This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid This symbol indicates a prohibited action The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol This symbol indicates an action must be taken or an instruction The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol After the repair work is complete be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the equipment operates normally and explain the cautions for operating the product to the customer 1 1 1 Caution in Repair A Warning Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before disassembling the equipment for a repair Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an electrical shook If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or inspecting the circuits do not touch any electrically charged sections of the equipment If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work do not touch the discharging refrigerant gas The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite When disconnecting t
90. figure below and fix with the tie wrap D See Electric wiring work on page 62 for more details Inlet coming from the outdoor unit B Outlet to air handling unit Pipe fixing clamp 4 Remove the pipe fixing clamp C by unscrewing 2x M5 5 Remove the upper and lower pipe insulations 6 Braze the field piping sure to cool the filters and valve body with a wet cloth and make sure the body temperature does not exceed 120 C during brazing Make sure that the other parts such as electrical box tie wraps and wires are protected from direct brazing flames during brazing 7 After brazing put the lower pipe insulation back in place close it with the upper insulation cover after pealing off the liner 8 Secure the pipe fixing clamp C in place again 2x 5 9 Make sure that field pipes are fully insulated Field pipe insulation must reach up to the insulation you have put back in place as per procedure step 7 Make sure that there is no gap between both ends in order to avoid condensation dripping finish the connection with tape eventually 1 2 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 61 4 Use small screwdriver and follow indicated instructions for connecting cable wires into the terminal connector according to the wiring diagram 5 Make sure that field wiring and insulation is not squeezed when
91. gauges For prevention of contamination 244 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 05 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas saturated state Differences Change in pressure Change in service port diameter Charge hose for R 410A Hose with ball valve Specifications Working pressure 5 08 MPa 51 8 kg cm Rupture pressure 25 4 MPa 259 kg cm Available with and without hand operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow Differences Pressure proof hose Change in service port diameter Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance Charging cylinder NV Can not be used Specifications Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder Differences The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during charging When R 410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder foaming phenomenon is generated inside charging cylinder Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 245 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 05 9 Weigher for refrigerant charge Specifications e High accuracy TA101A for 10 kg cylinder 2g TA101B for 20 kg cylinder 5g e Equipped with pressure resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging manifold
92. gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3072 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P233 Troubleshooting 193 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control 51 9 05 3 25 15 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor 831 R5T for Suction Pipe 1 2 Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the thermistor for suction pipe 1 2 When a short circuit or an open circuit in the thermistor for suction pipe 1 2 are detected Defect of thermistor R3T R5T for outdoor unit suction pipe W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector of the thermistor for suction pipe1 2 is connected to X12A of outdoor unit PC board A1P NO gt Connect the thermistor and turn on again Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermisto R5T from the outdoor unit PC board 3 5kQ 360kQ NO gt Replace the thermistor R3T 857 gt Replace outdoor unit PC board dur V3073 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P232 194
93. in case of a blocked drain pipe Places where the rain can be avoided as much as possible 2 When installing the unit in a place exposed to strong wind pay special attention to the following Strong winds of 5 m sec or more blowing against the outdoor unit s air outlet causes short circuit suction of discharge air and this may have the following consequences Deterioration of the operational capacity Frequent frost acceleration in heating operation Disruption of operation due to rise of high pressure When strong wind blows continuously on the face of the unit the fan can start rotating very fast until it breaks Refer to the figures for installation of this unit in a place where the wind direction can be foreseen ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 123 Turn air outlet side toward the building s wall fence screen A The equipment described in this manual may cause electronic noise generated from radio frequency energy The equipment complies to specifications that designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference However there is guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation It is therefore recommended to install the equipment and electric wires keeping proper
94. is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through Decision checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation Conditions Supposed Improper connection of transmission wiring between AHUs outdoor units and outdoor Causes outdoor units Failure to execute check operation Defect of AHU PC board Stop valve is left in closed Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Are the stop NO valves opened gt Open stop valve 15 AHU outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal Is the check operation carried out YES Replace AHU PC board Is AHU outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal gt After fixing incorrect wiring push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes gt Wiring check operation may not have been carried out successfully V2830 m Note Wiring check operation may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off for more than 12 hours or if it is not carried out after running all connected AHUs in the fan mode for at least an hour 216 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 45 UH Malfunction of S
95. l air non fournies Montagehandleiding en gebruiksaanwijzing Optiekit voor combinatie van condensorunits van Daikin met lokaal geleverde luchtbehandelingsunits Manual de instalaci n y operaci n Kit de opciones para la combinaci n de unidades de condensaci n Daikin con unidades de tratamiento de aire suministradas Manuale di installazione e d uso Kit opzioni per la combinazione di unit di condensazione Daikin con per il trattamento dell aria non in dotazione Manual de instala o e de funcionamento Kit de op es para combina o de unidades de condensa o Daikin com unidades de tratamento de ar existentes no local Daikin Instrukcja montazu i instrukcja obstugi Zestaw opcji dla agregat w skraplajacych Daikin w konfiguracji z centralami klimatyzacyjnymi dostarczanymi osobno English Deutsch Frangais Nederlands Espanol Italiano Portugues polski 1 2 EKEQDCBV3 2 4 1189105 7 3 5 1 x24a 6 3 EKEQFCBV3 4 EKEQFCBV3
96. may cause malfunction 3 1 1 Wired remote control BRC1D528 UNIT NO FIRST MODE NO CODE NO Ta SECOND 8 pud FIELD SET MODE CODE NO J e et om eal Go 1 When in the normal mode press button for a minimum of four seconds and the FIELD SET MODE is entered Select the desired MODE NO with the 5 button Push the upper button and select FIRST CODE Push the 9 lower button and select the SECOND CODE Push the w button once and the present settings are SET Push the E3 button to return to the NORMAL MODE TEST Notes Do not make any settings not given in the table Not displayed if the AHU is not equipped with that function 3 When returning to the normal mode 88 may be displayed in the LCD in order for the remote control to initialize itself 92 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting 3 1 2 Simplified remote control BRC2C51 CODE UNIT NO A SECOND T CODE NO 2 4 C TE V0294 Remove the upper part of remote control 2 When in the normal mode press the 856 BUTTON field set and the FIELD SET Q MODE is
97. of AHU PC board 212 Troubleshooting 51 9 05 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control Troubleshooting A Caution Has the AHU or outdoor unit PC board been replaced or has the AHU outdoor or outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring been modified or parts damage may be occurred the same refrigerant system display Reset the power supply Outdoor unit PC board microcomputer monitor HAP blinks Has either the fuse Is AHU outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit Are there any broken wires in the connectors of the inverter PC board A1P and the control PC board A2P The voltage between terminals L3 and N of the outdoor unit PC board is 220 The fuse F3U on the outdoor unit s PC board is burnt Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC Board for 5 seconds The unit will not operate for up to 12 minutes YES Replace the AHU PC board gt Fix the AHU outdoor unit transmission wiring Repair the broken wires and then restart operation Supply 220 240 V 240 V YES Replace the fuse F4U on the outdoor unit PC board A1P or the fuse F1U on the inverter YES board A2P blown out Oper
98. off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred pressure sensor is connected to X18A blue of outdoor unit PC board MP NO gt Connect low pressure sensor property and restart system relationship between the 1 VL and low pressure is normal see 2 when voltage is measured between X18A pins 2 and 3 of outdoor YES Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P Replace the low pressure sensor V2808 1 Voltage measurement point Outdoor unit PC board A1P 5V T X18A 4 o GND 3 Black Xd 4L Microcomputer 2 White 8 A D input 4 z o l 2 2809 2 Refer to Pressure Sensor pressure voltage characteristics table P234 Troubleshooting 199 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control 51 9 05 3 31 Li Outdoor Unit Malfunction of PC Board Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 125 200 7 1 Detect malfunctions by current value during waveform output before compressor startup Detect malfunctions by current sensor value during synchronized operation at the time of startup Incase of overcurrent OCP during waveform output m When the
99. oil return operation in cooling Cumulative oil feed rate Timer setting Make this setting so as to start the oil return operation when the initial cumulative operating time reaches two hours after power supply is turned ON and then every eight hours Furthermore the cumulative oil feed rate is computed from Tc Te and compressor loads Outdoor unit actuator Oil return preparation operation Oil return operation Post oil return operation Compressor Take the current step as the upper limit 52 Hz Full load Low pressure constant control Same as the oil return operation mode Outdoor unit fan Fan control Normal cooling Fan control Normal cooling Fan control Normal cooling Four way valve OFF OFF OFF Main electronic expansion valve 480 pls 480 pls 480 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 SH control 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF OFF e 3 min Ending conditions 20 sec lt 0 6 3 min Or Ts Te lt 5 C gt 110 AHU actuator Cooling oil return operation Fan Thermostat ON unit ON Stopping unit OFF Function 27 Special Control ESiEN09 05 3 2 2 Oil Return Operation in Heating Operation Conditions to start The heating oil returning operation is started referring following conditions integrated amount of dis
100. outdoor unit system AHU remote control only for Z control Set cool heat separately for each outdoor unit system by cool heat switching remote control X Y and Z control Q Set Cool Heat for Outdoor Unit System by remote control Set outdoor unit PC board DS1 1 to IN factory set Set cool heat switching to IND individual for Setting mode 1 factory set SELECT IND MASTER SLAVE PN HIP H2P H6P H7P MODE L N O P DEMAND C H SELECT Control box Remote control V3058 Test Operation 109 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 Set Cool Heat Separately for Outdoor Unit System by Cool Heat Switching remote control Set outdoor unit PC board DS1 1 to OUT factory set Set cool heat switching to IND individual for Setting mode 1 factory set C HSELECT wna IND MASTER SLAVE HIP H2P H6P wore L N O P DEMAND ON Dip SW DS1 1 OFF SELECT RC I O C F Control box Remote control C H select remote control V3059 110 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting 3 2 3 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation Setting of Low Noise Operation By connecting the external co
101. particles after the filter or branch pipe In cooling If the outdoor unit electronic Faulty outdoor Faulty valve coil lt Are the coil resistance and insulation normal expansion valve is throttled unit See 1 expansion va ve Faulty valve bod A virer diference in excess of 10 C between Y i Rise in high the inet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal pressure Faulty Faulty high pressure sensor Are the electrical characteristics normal Faulty control PCB lt 15 the pressure value checked with the Service Checker Faulty high corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor pressure Faulty indoor Faulty valve coil lt Are the coil resistance and insulation unit electronic normal expansion valve Faulty valve body Faulty high pressure sensor lt Are the electrical characteristics normal In heating 9 Faulty Faulty AHU liquid lt In the connector properly connected If the electronic expansion hen Are thermist ist haracfe isli valve excessively throttled contro kd pipe thermistor re the thermistor resistance characteristics normal See 2 PCB lt ls the pressure value checked with the Service Checker Faulty control corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor n lt i 2 In cooling Short Is the suction air temperature not more than 46 C igh suction High sudio air temperature lt s the outdoor temperature not more than 46
102. pressure 0 5MPa or more Incorrect UVW wiring Faulty inverter PC board Stop valve is left in closed Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check the installation conditions 15 the stop valve open YES Is the UVW wiring normal NO gt the stop valve gt Connect correctly high differential pressure starting 0 5MPa or more YES Remedy the cause Check and see whether compressor is short circuited or ground NO YES gt Replace the compressor Are inverter NO output voltages the same for 3 phases gt Replace the inverter PC board Assy A2P Does low or high pressure vary even instantaneously when restarting compressor Replace the compressor V2793 186 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 3 19 E Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Remote control cl Display Applicable ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Models Method of Malfunction of fan motor system is detected according to the fan speed detected by hall IC Malfunction when the fan motor runs Detection Malfunction m When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 6 seconds or more when the fan Decision motor running conditions are met Conditions When malfunctio
103. pressure results causing equipment damage and injury If the refrigerant gas leaks be sure to locate the leak and repair it before charging the refrigerant After charging refrigerant make sure that there is no refrigerant leak If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped be sure to perform pump down and close the service valve to prevent the refrigerant gas from leaking into the room The refrigerant gas itself is harmless but it can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames such as fan and other heaters stoves and ranges When replacing the coin battery in the remote control be sure to disposed of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it If a child swallows the coin battery see a doctor immediately A Caution Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the conditions of the installation site to prevent electrical shocks Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of combustible gas leaks If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit it can cause a fire Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly Ifthe packing and seal are not installed properly water can enter the room and wet the furniture and floor For integral units only 1 1 3 Inspection after Repair A Warning Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose th
104. rated voltage Heating m min 102 105 105 Discharge direction Horizontal Motor Quantity 2 2 2 Model Brushless DC motor Speed Cooling rpm 850 815 850 815 850 815 nominal Heating 820 785 840 805 840 805 Drive Direct drive Output w 70 70 70 Compressor Quantity 1 1 1 Motor Quantity 1 1 1 Model JT100G VDL Type Hermetically sealed scroll compressor Speed rpm 6480 6480 6480 ire kW 25 3 0 3 5 Starting method Direct on line Operation Cooling Min CDB 5 5 5 iius Max CDB 46 46 46 Heating Min CWB 20 20 20 Max CWB 15 5 15 5 15 5 Soner dBA 66 67 69 Sound level Cooling Sound dBA 50 51 53 Heating ae dBA 52 53 55 Type R 410A Charge kg 4 0 4 0 4 0 Refrigerant Control Expansion valve electronic type Nr of circuits 1 1 1 8 Specifications ESiEN09 05 Specifications TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ERQ100A7V1B ERQ125A7V1B ERQ140A7V1B Daphne FVC68D Refrigerant oil Charged volume 15 1 5 15 Piping Type Flare connection Flare connection Flare connection connections Diameter OD mm 9 52 9 52 9 52 Type Flare connection Flare connection Braze connection id 15 9 15 9 19 1 Quantity 3 3 3 ee oo mm 26 x 3 26 x 3 2
105. room during cooling operation by using curtains or blinds gm Ventilate often Extended use requires special attention to ventilation Keep doors and windows closed If the doors and windows remain open air will flow out of your room causing a decrease in the cooling or heating effect careful not to cool or heat too much To save energy keep the temperature setting at a moderate level Recommended temperature setting For cooling 26 28 C 20 24 C For heating Never place objects near the air inlet or the air outlet of the unit It may cause deterioration in the effect stop the operation Turn off the main power supply switch to the unit when the unit is not used for longer periods of time If the switch is on it uses electricity Before restarting the unit turn on the main power supply switch 6 hours before operation to ensure smooth running Refer to Maintenance in the air handling unit manual Keep the air handling unit and remote control at least 1 m away from televisions radios stereos and other similar equipment Failing to do so may cause static or distorted pictures Do not place items under the air handling unit which may be damaged by water Condensation may form if the humidity is above 8090 or if the drain outlet gets blocked 9 MAINTENANCE Pay attention to fan It is dangerous to inspect the unit while the fan is running Be sure to turn off t
106. screws through the nooses and screw them back tight A location of the 2 fixation holes on the front side of the unit B location of the 2 fixation holes on the rear side of the unit C wires field supply 5 2 Method for removing transportation stay The yellow transportation stay installed over the compressor leg for protecting the unit during transport must be removed Proceed as shown in figure 3 and described below A Compressor B Fixing nut Transportation stay 1 Slightly loosen the fixing nut B 2 Remove the transportation stay C as shown in figure 3 3 Tighten the fixing nut B again CAUTION If the unit is operated with the transportation stay attached abnormal vibration or noise may be generated 2 Connect a field supplied vinyl hose internal diameter of 25 mm to the drain socket A If the hose is too long and hangs down fix it carefully to prevent kinks NOTE If drain holes of the outdoor unit are covered by a qu mounting base or by floor surface raise the unit in order to provide a free space of more than 100 mm under the outdoor unit 2100 mm 5 3 Method for installing drain piping Depending on installation site it may be required to install drain plug for drainage option kit In cold areas do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit Otherwise drain water may freeze impairing the heating performance 1 See figure below for installation
107. system will turn on again automatically after 3 minutes The system does not restart immediately after the power supply is turned on Wait 1 minute until the micro computer is prepared for operation Trouble shooting If one of the following malfunctions occurs take the measures shown below and contact your dealer The system must be repaired by a qualified service person Ifa safety device such as a fuse a breaker or an earth leakage breaker frequently actuates or ON OFF switch does not properly work Turn off the main power switch Ifthe display TEST the unit number and the operation lamp flash and the malfunction code appears Notify your dealer and report the malfunction code If the system does not operate properly and none of the above mentioned malfunctions is evident investigate the system according to the following procedures If the system does not operate at all Check if there is a power failure Wait until power is restored If power failure occurs during operation the system automatically restarts immediately after the power supply recovers Check ifthe fuse has blown or breaker has been tripped Change the fuse or set the breaker If the system stops operating after operation is complete Check if the air inlet or outlet of outdoor or air handling unit is blocked by obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated Checkifthe air filter is clogged Ask a quali
108. thicknesses to the power terminal block Slack in the power wiring may cause abnormal heat When connecting wiring which is the same thickness do as shown in the figure below 1 Round pressure terminal e 2 Power wire 1 2 ps JO X W For wiring use the designated power wire and connect firmly then secure to prevent outside pressure being exerted on the terminal board Use an appropriate screwdriver for tightening the terminal screws A screwdriver with a small head will strip the head and make proper tightening impossible Over tightening the terminal screws may break them See the table below for tightening torque for the terminal screws Tightening torque Nem M5 Power terminal block ground wire 2 39 2 92 Shielded ground 1 18 1 44 M3 5 Control wiring block 0 79 0 97 Field line connection Control wiring and cool heat selection A If an excessive force is applied while connecting a cable to the terminal block on the PC board the PC board may be damaged See figure 10 a Q N Cool heat selector Outdoor unit PC board Take care of the polarity Use the conductor of sheathed wire 2 wire no polarity Terminal board field supply Setting the cool heat operation 1 1 Performing cool heat setting with the remote control connected to the control box Keep the cool heat selector switch DS1 1 on the outdoor
109. to large load The numbers in the No column represent the number of times to press the SET BS2 button 104 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting Setting item display No C H selection Low Setting condition display Setting item MORE IND Master Slave noise Demang H3P H4P H5P H6P x Factory set Address 0 5 00 Binary number 1 15 Cool Heat 1 Unified address i s 5 6 digits 31 Address 0 374000000 Binary number 1 15 Low noise demand 2 x e address 6 digits 31 Reno Test operation OFF 3 Test operation x e x Yt Test operation ON Normal operation 5 Indoor forced fan 3 x e x Indoor forced fan H Indoor forced 4 T B m Normal operation operation Indoor forced operation Quick defrost seeettee 10 ating changeover xi e e i e Fo e Normal factory setting reeeer e Slow defrost External low noise demand External low noise 12 demand setting ME 2 v External low noise demand lor TTT Sor YES Address 0 374000000 Binary number 1 xyecececeett 13 Airnet address x Yt 6 digits 63 OOOO Additional refrigerant Refrigerant charging OF
110. unit PC board at the factory setting position IN D UNIT See figure 11 Performing cool heat setting with the cool heat selector Connect the cool heat selector remote control optional to the A B C terminals and set the cool heat selector switch DS1 1 on the outdoor unit PC board to OUT D UNIT See figure 12 Cool heat selector Perform cool heat setting with the field supplied controller Set the cool heat selector switch DS1 1 on the outdoor unit PC board A1P to OUT D UNIT See figure 12 Connect the A B C terminals with the field supplied controller so that A B C terminals are not connected for cooling operation Aand terminals are short circuited for heating operation are short circuited for fan only operation A For low noise operation or demand operation it is necessary to get the optional External control adapter for outdoor unit DTA104A61 62 For details see the installation manual attached to the adapter A Be sure to follow the limits below If the unit to unit cables are beyond these limits it may result in malfunction of transmission Maximum wiring length F1 F2 100 m Never connect the power supply to unit to unit cabling terminal block Otherwise the entire system may break down a ON The wiring from the air handling units must be connected to the F1 F2 In Out terminals on the PC board in the outdoor unit After installing the interc
111. when the function of the switch box needs to be g extended see 4 51 for details of settings and instructions Operation signal Air handling unit fan _ Digital output voltage free Fan signal field supply 29 Maximum 230 V maximum 2 A Recommended size all wiring must comply with local codes Wiring diagram Printed circuit board Field wiring Printed circuit board option KRP4 Live Fuse 250 V F5A A1P Nama Neutral Field fuse Ed mam gt Light emitting diode service monitor green Wire clamp Protective earth screw Magnetic relay fan Separate component Earth leakage breaker Thermistor air 3 istor liqui a or liquid Blue ist kani Brown apacity adapter Creen Transformer 220 V 21 8 V Gray Terminal block Orange Electronic expansion valve Pink i 1 22 Output fan ON OFF Red X1M F1 F2 Communication outdoor unit White X1M P1 P2 Communication remote control X1M R1 R2 Thermistor liquid X1M R3 R4 Thermistor gas X1M R5 R6 Thermistor air X1M T1 T2 Input ON OFF 1 1 6 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units DAIKIN Installation and operation
112. will be increased according to the load of air Time set with Night time low noise start setting conditioning when load is heavier Time set with Night time low noise end setting sound Operation sound of mode 1 Operation sound r of mode 2 Operation sound of mode 3 LT Operation sound during night time low noise mode is A MEL REUS NUT UM zu MI Pp QURE IDE ME E NU SASA instructed can be set with Night time low noise level setting Factory setting is OFF Operation sound level set with Night time low noise setting PM 8 00 PM 10 00 PM 0 00 6 00 7 00 8 00 Set with Night time low noise start setting Set with Night time low noise end setting Factory setting is PM 10 00 Factory setting is AM 8 00 3079 Test Operation 111 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 Setting of Demand Operation Image of operation By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control adapter optional the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the compressor operating condition Set item Condition Content Demand Mode 1 The compressor operates at approx 60 or less of rating Mode 2 The compressor operates at approx 70 or less of rating Mode 3 The compressor operates at approx 80 or less of rating
113. with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard accessories Differences e Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging 10 Charge mouthpiece gt Specifications For R 410A 1 4 5 16 2 gt 2 5min e Material is changed from CR to Differences e Change of thread specification on hose connection side For the R 410A use e Change of sealer material for the HFCs use 246 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 05 index A Fan Motor M1F Lock Overload 167 AQ n a 165 Field Setting 92 A D 166 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit 100 C MR Mc ES 167 Field Setting from Remote Control 92 168 Freeze Prevention 1 02 40 AO ET 169 Functional Parts 18 Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature 190 Abnormal Power Supply Voltage 168 H About Refrigerant R 410A 238 nhe 192 Actuation of High Pressure Switch 182 Heating Operation Prohibition 37 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor 184 High Pressure Protection C
114. work Turn off the main power switch B Ifthe display TEST the unit number and the operation lamp flash and the malfunction code appears Notify your dealer and report the malfunction code If the system does not operate properly and none of the above mentioned malfunctions is evident investigate the system according to the following procedures If the system does not operate at all Check if there is a power failure Wait until power is restored If power failure occurs during operation the system automatically restarts immediately after the power supply recovers Check if the fuse has blown or breaker has been tripped Change the fuse or set the breaker If the system stops operating after operation is complete Check if the air inlet or outlet of outdoor or air handling unit is blocked by obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated Check if the air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air filter The error signal is given and the system stops If the error resets after 5 10 minutes the unit safety device was activated but the unit restarted after evaluation time If the error persists contact your dealer If the system operates but it does not sufficiently cool heat Check if the air inlet or outlet of the air handling unit or the outdoor unit is blocked with obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated B Check if the air filter is clo
115. 1 3 38 3 32 80 2 41 22 22 85 22 35 72 3 27 3 21 2 23 21 85 2137 73 3 16 3 11 88 a 24 20 90 20 45 74 3 06 3 01 88 187 25 20 00 19 56 75 2 96 2 91 95 176 26 19 14 18 73 76 2 86 2 82 92 165 27 18 32 17 93 77 2 77 2 72 04 155 28 17 54 17 17 78 2 68 2 64 96 1 46 29 16 80 16 45 79 2 60 2 55 98 1 38 30 16 10 15 76 80 2 51 2 47 232 Appendix ESiEN09 05 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe R2T T C 0 0 0 5 TC 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 640 44 624 65 50 72 32 70 96 100 13 35 13 15 1 609 31 594 43 51 69 64 68 34 101 12 95 12 76 2 579 96 565 78 52 67 06 65 82 102 12 57 12 38 3 552 00 538 63 53 64 60 63 41 103 12 20 12 01 4 525 63 512 97 54 62 24 61 09 104 11 84 11 66 5 500 66 488 67 55 59 97 58 87 105 11 49 11 32 6 477 01 465 65 56 57 80 56 75 106 11 15 10 99 7 454 60 443 84 57 55 72 54 70 107 10 83 10 67 8 433 37 423 17 58 53 72 52 84 108 10 52 10 36 9 413 24 403 57 59 51 98 50 96 109 10 21 10 06 10 394 16 384 98 60 49 96 49 06 110 9 92 9 78 11 376 05 367 35 61 48 19 47 33 111 9 64 9 50 12 358 88 350 62 62 46 49 45 67 112 9 36 9 23 13 342 58 334 74 63 44 86 44 07 113 9 10 8 97 14 327 10 319 66 64 43 30 42 54 114 8 84 8 71 15 312 41 305 33 65 41 79 41 06 115 8 59 8 47 16 298 45 291 73 66 40 35 39 65 116 8 35 8 23 17 285 18 278 80 67 38 96 38 29 117 8 12
116. 15 43 15 10 6 88 0 18 175 97 170 94 32 14 79 14 48 2 2 17 166 07 161 36 33 14 18 13 88 16 156 80 152 38 34 13 59 13 31 0 64 1 15 148 10 143 96 35 13 04 12 77 14 139 94 136 05 36 12 51 12 25 6 473 13 132 28 128 63 37 12 01 11 76 8 42 9 12 125 09 121 66 38 11 52 11 29 i0 TT 11 118 34 115 12 39 11 06 10 84 12 353 10 111 99 108 96 40 10 63 10 41 14 321 9 106 03 103 18 41 10 21 10 00 16 29 2 8 100 41 97 73 42 9 81 9 61 18 26 6 7 95 14 92 61 43 9 42 9 24 20 24 3 6 90 17 87 79 44 9 06 8 88 22 22 2 5 85 49 83 25 45 8 71 8 54 24 20 3 4 81 08 78 97 46 8 37 8 21 s 3 76 93 74 94 47 8 05 7 90 2 73 01 71 14 48 7 75 7 60 1 69 32 67 56 49 7 46 7 31 34 131 0 65 84 64 17 50 7 18 7 04 36 120 1 62 54 60 96 51 6 91 6 78 38 11 1 2 59 43 57 94 52 6 65 6 53 20 103 3 56 49 55 08 53 6 41 6 53 42 95 4 53 71 52 38 54 6 65 6 53 44 8 8 5 51 09 49 83 55 6 41 6 53 46 8 2 6 48 61 47 42 56 6 18 6 06 48 7 6 7 46 26 45 14 57 5 95 5 84 50 7 0 8 44 05 42 98 58 5 74 5 43 52 6 7 9 41 95 40 94 59 5 14 5 05 Eh Be 10 3996 39 01 60 4 96 4 87 58 52 11 38 08 37 18 61 479 470 a 27 12 36 30 35 45 62 4 62 4 54 ea 13 34 62 33 81 63 4 46 4 38 64 4 15 14 33 02 32 25 64 4 30 4 23 66 3 87 15 31 50 30 77 65 4 16 4 08 68 3 61 16 30 06 29 37 66 4 01 3 94 70 337 17 28 70 28 05 67 3 88 3 81 72 3 15 18 27 41 26 78 68 3 75 3 68 74 2 94 19 26 18 25 59 69 3 62 3 56 76 2 75 20 25 01 24 45 70 3 50 3 44 78 2 51 21 23 91 2337 7
117. 2 LC acumen ic 240 1 3 Service o 241 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 237 Precautions for New Refrigerant 410 51 9 05 1 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 1 1 Outline 1 1 1 About Refrigerant R 410A Characteristics of new refrigerant R 410A 1 Performance Almost the same performance as R 22 and R 407C 2 Pressure Working pressure is approx 1 4 times more than R 22 and R 407C 3 Refrigerant composition Few problems in composition control since it is a Quasi azeotropic mixture refrigerant HFC units Units using new refrigerants HCFC units Refrigerant name R 407C R 410A R 22 Composing mature mure single component substances HFC134a 41 4 refrigerant 3 2 MPa gauge pressure 4 0 MPa gauge pressure 2 75 gauge pressure Design pressure 35 6 s 408 4 280 Refrigerant oil Synthetic oil Ether Mineral oil Suniso ODP 0 0 0 05 Combustibility None None None Toxicity None None None 1 Non azeotropic mixture refrigerant mixture of two or more refrigerants having different boiling points 2 Quasi azeotropic mixture refrigerant mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar boiling points 3 The design pressure is different at each product Please refer to the installation manual for each product Refere
118. 2 Air Handling Units Field supply ask manufacturer Specifications 11 Specifications ESiEN09 05 12 Specifications ESiEN09 05 Part 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 1 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 14 11 Outdoor Unit List of Electrical and Functional Parts 13 List of Electrical and Functional Parts ESiEN09 05 1 List of Electrical and Functional Parts 1 4 Outdoor Unit ERQ 100 125 140 A7V1B Model Item Name Symbol JHP SHP PCB JT100G VDL Relay Comper Output 2 5kW 3 0kW 3 5kW ATP Crankcase heater INV E1HC 33W X28A Ea motor Motor M1F M2F 0 07kW Over current relay i i Coolin 480pls Tr Electronicexpansion Cooling PI control E valve Subcool Heating control ATP X22A 4 way valve 15 STF 0404G A1P X25A Solenoid valve Hot gas 25 TEV1620DQ2 X26A Solenoid valve Unload circuit Y3S TEV1620DQ2 A1P X27A ooo SIPH OFF 4 0 0 015MPa ON 3 040 15MPa X32A related parts Pressure sensor HP S1NPH PS8051A 0 4 15MPa X17A Pressure sensor LP S1NPL PS8051A 0 05 1 7MPa A1P X18A For outdoor air R1T 3 5 360kQ ATP X11A For discharge pipe R2T 5 0 640 12 1 2Pin For suction pipe 1 R3T 3 5 360
119. 3 58 00 64 87 72 38 80 57 89 49 99 18 101 32 109 69 121 07 133 36 146 61 160 89 176 24 192 71 210 37 229 26 249 46 271 01 293 99 318 44 344 44 372 05 401 34 432 36 465 20 499 91 536 58 575 26 616 03 658 97 704 15 751 64 801 52 853 87 908 77 966 29 1026 5 1089 5 1155 4 1224 3 1296 2 1371 2 1449 4 1530 9 1615 8 1704 2 1796 2 1891 9 1991 3 2094 5 2201 7 2313 0 2428 4 2548 1 2672 2 2800 7 2933 7 3071 5 3214 0 3361 4 3513 8 3671 3 3834 1 4002 1 4175 7 4166 8 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 239 Precautions for New Refrigerant 410 09 05 1 2 Refrigerant Cylinders W Cylinder specifications e The cylinder is painted refrigerant color pink e The oylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube Cylinder be Siphon tube Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in upright position Caution Do not lay cylinder its side during charging since it cause refrigerant in gas state to enter the system m Handling of cylinders 1 Laws and regulations R 410A is liquefied gas and the High Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in handling them Before using refer to the High Pressure Gas Safety Law The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents with high pressure gases Be sure to follow the regulations 2 Handing of vessels S
120. 32 70 96 100 13 35 13 15 150 3 41 3 37 Appendix 233 51 9 05 5 Pu Detected Pressure High Side MPa PL Detected Pressure Low Side MPa Output Voltage High Side Voc VL Output Voltage Low Side PH 1 38V 0 69 PL 0 57V 0 28 High pressure MPa Vi Low pressure MPa V Voltage V Detected Pressure PL Vpc V3053 Output Voltage V Appendix 234 ESiEN09 05 Method of Replacing the Inverter s Power Transistors Modules 6 Method of Replacing the Inverter s Power Transistors Modules Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PC board Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PC board by the use of a multiple tester Items to be prepared e Multiple tester Prepare the digital type of multiple tester with diode check function Preparation Turn OFF the power supply Then after a lapse of 10 minutes or more make measurement of resistance e measurement disconnect all connectors and terminals ERQ 100 125 140 A7V1B Mir RD Mar WH C C Oxign 6 1 1 ES cuml i 2 w ose 0505 iz 8282 2228 EDERSE 5 XERE t mo e ran ap
121. 33 work Do not install the machine by yourself 12 Beftore operatiOn s ee 135 Improper installation may result in water leakage electric shocks 12 1 Service precautions 135 s installati ki d ith this installati 12 2 Checks before initial start up 135 end wit Wis INSA AUN 12 3 Field setting ipaa m Q 12 4 T st operaliot c pte tenter Ren aepo es ise 12 5 Checks in normal operation 12 6 Temperature adjustment operation confirmation 138 When unit is installed in a small room it is necessary to take 13 Service mode operation II aaa 138 measures so that the leaked refrigerant amount does not exceed the limit even if it leaks As for the measures to prevent 14 Caution for refrigerant 139 the leak from not exceeding the limit please consult with your 14 3 Introduction tme 139 distributor 14 2 Maximum concentration level 139 If the leaked amount exceeds the limit it may cause an oxygen 14 3 Procedure for checking maximum concentration 139 deficiency accident 15 Disposal 139 sure to use only the specified accessories and parts for installation work Failure t
122. 4 Faulty control PCB cooling Low suction air Short circuit lt ls the suction air temperature not less than 14 C temperature of AHU Low ambient temperature lt Is the indoor temperature not less than 14 C Low suction s the connector properly connected air Faulty suction air thermistor of AHU p pe Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal temperature of the evaporator Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit lt 15 the outdoor temperature not less than 15 C lt ls connector properly connected Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal In heating Abnormal piping length Does the piping length fall in the permissible range High pipe Bent or crashed pipe Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions resistance Clogging of foreign particles lt ls there any temperature difference caused before and after the filter or branch pipe Less Stop valve closed Check to be sure the stop valve is open circulation quantity of Inadequate refrigerant quantity lt Refer to UO Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or refrigerant Electronic Expansion Valve Failure Moisture choke lt Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation Dirty lt 15 the heat exchanger clogged Degradation evaporator in condensing Faulty fan motor lt Can the fan motor be rotated with hands capacity Decreased Are the m
123. 6 x 3 Heat insulation Both liquid and gas pipes Max total length m 55 55 55 Defrost method Reversed cycle Defrost control Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature Capacity control method Inverter controlled Capacity control 24 to 100 Safety devices HPS Safety devices Fan motor thermal protection Safety devices Inverter overload protector Safety devices PC board fuse Standard Item Installation manual accessories Quantity 4 4 1 Standard Item Operation manual accessories Quantity 1 1 1 Standard Item Connection pipes accessories Quantity 3 Notes Nominal cooling capacities are based on indoor temperature 27 CDB 19 CWB outdoor temperature 35 CDB equivalent refrigerant piping 7 5m level difference Om Nominal heating capacities are based on indoor temperature 20 CDB outdoor temperature 7 6 equivalent refrigerant piping 7 5m level difference Om Sound pressure level is a relative value depending on the distance and acoustic environment For more details please refer to sound level drawings Sound values are measured in a semi anechoic room ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ERQ100A7V1B ERQ125A7V1B ERQ140A7V1B Power supply Name V1 Phase 1N Frequency Hz 50 Voltage V 220 240 Current Eoo REA S current in 15 9 20 2 22 2 Starting current MSC A 15 9 20 2 22 2 Zmax Q No requirements Minimum Ssc 2 value kVA Equipment complying with 61000 3 12 1 Ray running current 27 0 Min circuit amp
124. 60 min standby the malfunction code L8 is output Inverter fin temperature control Not limited amp eTfin lt 76 C Tfinz79 C upper limit frequency max Hz Limited v INV upper limit frequency 1 step down from current compressor frequency Tfin 79 C 10 sec eMacthing of frequency Status quo A Tfinz76 C T continues for 3 min Without conditions INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency gt 84 Fin temp standby r e When occurring 4 times within 60 min the malfunction code L4 is output 36 Function ESiEN09 05 Other Control 5 Other Control 51 Demand Operation In order to save the power consumption the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control forcibly by using Demand 1 Setting To operate the unit with this mode additional setting of Continuous Demand Setting Demand 1 setting Setting Demand 1 setting 1 Demand 1 setting 2 factory setting Approx 70 Demand 1 setting 3 Approx 80 Other protection control functions have precedence over the above operation Standard for upper limit of power consumption Approx 60 5 2 Heating Operation Prohibition Heating operation is prohibited above 24 CDB outdoor air temperature Function Outline of Control ESiEN09 05 6 Outline of Co
125. 8 01 18 272 58 266 51 68 37 63 36 98 118 7 89 7 78 19 260 60 254 72 69 36 34 35 72 119 7 68 7 57 20 249 00 243 61 70 35 11 34 51 120 7 47 7 36 21 238 36 233 14 71 33 92 33 35 121 7 26 7 16 22 228 05 223 08 72 32 78 32 23 122 7 06 6 97 23 218 24 213 51 73 31 69 31 15 123 6 87 6 78 24 208 90 204 39 74 30 63 30 12 124 6 69 6 59 25 200 00 195 71 75 29 61 29 12 125 6 51 6 42 26 191 53 187 44 76 28 64 28 16 126 6 33 6 25 27 183 46 179 57 77 27 69 27 24 127 6 16 6 08 28 175 77 172 06 78 26 79 26 35 128 6 00 5 92 29 168 44 164 90 79 25 91 25 49 129 5 84 5 76 30 161 45 158 08 80 25 07 24 66 130 5 69 5 61 31 154 79 151 57 81 24 26 23 87 131 5 54 5 46 32 148 43 145 37 82 23 48 23 10 132 5 39 5 32 33 142 37 139 44 83 22 73 22 36 133 5 25 5 18 34 136 59 133 79 84 22 01 21 65 134 5 12 5 05 35 131 06 128 39 85 21 31 20 97 135 4 98 4 92 36 125 79 123 24 86 20 63 20 31 136 4 86 4 79 37 120 76 118 32 87 19 98 19 67 137 4 73 4 67 38 115 95 113 62 88 19 36 19 05 138 4 61 4 55 39 111 35 109 13 89 18 75 18 46 139 4 49 4 44 40 106 96 104 84 90 18 17 17 89 140 4 38 4 32 41 102 76 100 73 91 17 61 17 34 141 4 27 4 22 42 98 75 96 81 92 17 07 16 80 142 4 16 4 11 43 94 92 93 06 93 16 54 16 29 143 4 06 4 01 44 91 25 89 47 94 16 04 15 79 144 3 96 3 91 45 87 74 86 04 95 15 55 15 31 145 3 86 3 81 46 84 38 82 75 96 15 08 14 85 146 3 76 3 72 47 81 16 79 61 97 14 62 14 40 147 3 67 3 62 48 78 09 76 60 98 14 18 13 97 148 3 58 3 54 49 75 14 73 71 99 13 76 13 55 149 3 49 3 45 50 72
126. AEEA EEEE 53 4 Attention uuu eE durius sva AEEA 54 5 System A EKEQF amp EKEQD box Installation and Operation Manual 55 6 System B EKEQM box Installation and Operation 70 Control Box 43 Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 05 1 Different Systems with their Control Boxes For steering a field supply AHU by an outdoor inverter heat pump 2 systems can be used System A PAIR application ERQ outdoor System B MULTI application VRV outdoor 1 4 System A PAIR System A lt PAIR EXV Kit EKEQDCB x EKEQFCB Field supply iz EKEXV kit Pair application here means 1 outdoor unit 1 AHU In pair application there s the choice between 2 control boxes EKEQD or EKEQF 44 Control Box Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 05 r 1 1 1 eBueuosip 6 1 i Josues eunjeJeduie seu 1 eyes 1777 Geronuoo perddns 4 898 4 a3 q O g V Se5ugjsip uo puedep 1 Ionuoo x 9 9940343 1 uoneurquioo EMO SM 1 I I 1 D k Buluuns 5 1 9 9 ma ES i 4 i 2 5 5 ST uonoejes o 1 2 jeeu o
127. BS2 SET button and adjust the led indication to either one of the possible settings as shown below in the field marked 1 Incase of COOL HEAT setting by each individual outdoor unit circuit H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P 2 Push the BS3 RETURN button and the setting is defined Setting mode 2 The led is on Setting procedure 1 Push the BS2 SET button according to the required function A F The led indication that matches the required function is shown below in the field marked Possible functions A additional refrigerant charging operation not applicable B refrigerant recovery operation vacuuming operation C automatic low noise operation setting at nighttime D low noise operation level setting L N O P the external control adapter E power consumption limitation setting DEMAND via the external control adapter F enabling function of the low noise operation level setting L N O P and or power consumption limitation setting DEMAND via the external control adapter DTA104A61 62 5 5 s Oe xe amp D e x T e o X c cO G G G G G e 2 When BS3 RETURN button is pushed it indicates the current setting 3 Push the BS2 SET button according to the required setting possibility as shown below in the field marked 3 1 Possible settings for function A and F are ON ON or OFF OFF
128. C ar 2 of outdoor unit High ambient temperature temperature nm of the High suction Short circuit lt 15 the suction air temperature not more than 27 C condenser air temperature of AHU High ambient temperature lt Is the indoor temperature not more than 27 C lt ls the connector properly connected Faulty suction air thermistor of AHU Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal In heating High suction air temperature of outdoor unit lt 15 the outdoor temperature not more than 16 CWB Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit lt Is the connector properly connected Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal Degradation i in condensing Dirty condenser lt Is the heat exchanger clogged In cooling capacity Mixing of non condensable gas lt 15 air or else mixed in the refrigerant system rem Faulty fan Can the fan motor be rotated with hands pis motor Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal Decreased output Faulty control fan airflow PC board rate Including lt If a spare PC board is mounted is the capacity setting capacity setting properly made High air Dirty filter lt Is the air filter clogged passage resistance Obstacle lt Is there any obstacle in the air passage Excessive refrigerant charging lt Refer to F6 Outdoor unit Refrigerant Overcharged lt Is too small compared to the large sized Improper model selection In heating
129. ES gt Setthe switch for setting each address correctly and simultaneously reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control wiring disconnected or wired incorrectly gt Fix the wiring correctly 7 Replace the PC board of the unified ON OFF controller V2844 Troubleshooting 223 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller ESiEN09 05 CHECK 1 Check for causes of rise in high pressure Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis FTA shown below probe the faulty points Stop valve closed lt Check to be sure the stop valve is open Local quam pressure High pipe Bent hed pi lt Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions resistance ent or crashed pipe pipi Clogging of foreign lt 15 there any temperature difference caused before and
130. F 20 charging operation x xk xk e e setting Refrigerant charging ON reeeer e Refrigerant recovery Refrigerant recovery 21 vacuuming mode 3 Yr e xt Yt setting Refrigerant recovery ri eeeere vacuuming ON OFF 4900000 22 Night time low noise m e m B Level 1 outdoor fan with 6 step or lower r eeeeec setting Level 2 outdoor fan with 5 step or lower Level 3 outdoor fan with 4 step or lower The numbers in the column represent the number of times to press the 852 button Test Operation 105 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 Setting item display No ee TEST selection Low Setting condition display etting item H1P H2P IND Master Slave noise H7P H3P H6P Factory set Level 1 outdoor fan with 6 step or lower xt 25 Low noise setting xk e xt x e 3 Level 2 outdoor fan with 5 step or lower 1 Level 3 outdoor fan with 4 step or lower xt About 20 00 ts Night time low noise 26 operation start x e x xt e x e About 22 00 factory setting xteeeete setting About 24 00 About 6 00 Night time low noise 27 operation end setting io Xt About 7 00 rieeeer e About 8 00 factory setting rieeer ee OFF r eeeeer BENE
131. Field settings for Refer to the installation manuals of both the outdoor unit and the remote control Operation setting in case of power failure refrigerant piping of outdoor unit refer to the installation manual supplied with the outdoor unit Follow the outdoor unit specifications for additional charging piping diameter and installation The maximum allowed piping length depends on the connected outdoor model TEST OPERATION Before executing test operation as well as before operating the unit you must check the following Refer to the section of For the following items take special during construction and check after installation is finished on page 75 gm After finishing the construction of refrigerant piping drain piping and electric wiring conduct test operation accordingly to protect the unit Open the gas side stop valve WB Open the liquid side stop valve Executing the test operation 1 Close the contact T1 T2 ON OFF 2 Confirm function of the unit according to the manual and check if the air handling unit has collected ice freeze up If the unit collects ice see Troubleshooting on page 82 3 Confirm that the fan of the air handling unit is ON Measures must be taken to ensure that after power failure T1 T2 is according to the setting of your preference Neglecting this caution will result in improper operation Descrip
132. GERANT USED This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol R410A 1975 Refrigerant type GWP value 1 GWP global warming potential Periodical inspections for refrigerant leaks may be required depending on European or local legislation Please contact your local dealer for more information 3 WHAT TO DO BEFORE OPERATION This operation manual is for the following systems with standard control Before initiating operation contact your dealer for the operation that corresponds to your system type and mark If your installation has a customized control system ask your dealer for the operation that corresponds to your system Cool heat changeover remote control switch Operation modes Heat pumps V1 series yes Ono Heat pumps ERQ_W1 series yes Ono Example of installation Names and functions of parts figure 1 shows the standard control system figure 2 shows the customized control system Parts and components 1 Outdoor unit 2 Control box 3 Air handling unit field supply 4 remote control standard 5 Field piping field supply 6 Expansion valve kit Wiring connections 7 Outdoor unit power supply 8 Control box wiring Power supply and communication between control box and outdoor unit 9 Air handling unit thermistors 10 Communication between controller and control box 11 Power supply and control wiring for air handling unit and controll
133. Hz 3 43 0Hz 13 92 0Hz 23 152 0Hz 4 47 0Hz 14 98 0Hz 24 158 0Hz 5 52 0Hz 15 104 0Hz 25 164 0Hz 6 52 0Hz 57 0Hz 16 110 0Hz 26 170 0Hz 7 57 0Hz 64 0Hz 17 116 0Hz 27 175 0Hz 8 62 0Hz 71 0Hz 18 122 0Hz 28 180 0Hz 9 68 0Hz 78 0Hz 19 128 0Hz 29 185 0Hz 10 74 0Hz 20 134 0Hz 30 190 0Hz 31 195 0Hz Compressors may operate in a pattern other than those listed in above tables subject to the operating conditions Selection of full load operation to from unload operation is made with the unload circuit solenoid valve Y3S SVUL The full load operation is performed with the SVUL set to OFF while the unload operation is performed with the SVUL set to ON 24 Function ESiEN09 05 Basic Control 2 3 Cooling Operation Fan Control In cooling operation with low outdoor air temperature this control is used to provide the adequate amount of circulation air with liquid pressure secured by high pressure control using outdoor unit fan Furthermore when outdoor temperature gt 20 C the compressor will run in Step 7 or higher When outdoor temperature gt 18 C it will run in Step 5 or higher When outdoor temperature gt 12 C it will run in Step 1 or higher Upper limit of fan Pc HP pressure sensor detection value revolutions Step 8 Pc lt 2 75MPa Pc gt 3 24MPa Upper limit of outdoor unit fan revolutions Step 7 PI control v Lapse of 20 sec PI control 1 step on P Ho
134. INSTALLATION OR ATTACHMENT OF EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES COULD RESULT IN ELECTRIC SHOCK SHORT CIRCUIT LEAKS FIRE OR OTHER DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT BE SURE ONLY TO USE ACCESSORIES MADE BY DAIKIN WHICH ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR USE WITH THE EQUIPMENT AND HAVE THEM INSTALLED BY A PROFESSIONAL IF UNSURE OF INSTALLATION PROCEDURES OR USE ALWAYS CONTACT YOUR DAIKIN DEALER FOR ADVICE AND INFORMATION The English text is the original instruction Other languages are translations of the original instructions Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units Installation and operation manual INTRODUCTION A Only optional controls as listed in the optional accessories list can be used Do only use this system in combination with a field supplied air handling unit Do not connect this system to other indoor units We distinguish 2 different control boxes each with its own application and installation requirements B EKEQFCB control box 2 possible operation modes Operation with 0 10 V input to control the capacity An external controller is needed to control the capacity For details of the necessary functions of the external controller refer to paragraph Operation with 0 10 V capacity control It can be used to control the room temperature or air discharge temperature Operation with fixed T T temperature control This system operates on a fixed evapor
135. KEXV expansion valve kit must be selected to these limitations Allowed heat exchanger volume dm Allowed heat exchanger capacity kW EKEXV class Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 63 1 66 2 08 6 3 7 8 80 2 09 2 64 7 9 9 9 100 2 65 3 30 10 0 12 3 125 3 31 4 12 12 4 15 4 140 4 13 4 62 15 5 17 6 Saturated suction temperature SST 6 C SH superheat 5 K air temperature 27 C DB 19 C WB General Information ESiEN09 05 Combination Table 2 Combination Table m Note If conflicting result occurs capacity selection has priority over volume Control box Expansion valve kit Outdoor unit EKEQDCBV3 EKEQFCBV3 EKEXV63 EKEXV80 EKEXV100 EKEXV125 EKEXV140 single ERQ100 P P P P P P phase ERQ125 P P P P P P P ERQ140 P P P P P P Heat pump P Pair Combination depending on AHU heat exchanger volume and capacity Allowed heat exchanger volume dm Allowed heat exchanger capacity KW EKEXV class Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 63 1 66 2 08 6 3 7 8 80 2 09 2 64 7 9 9 9 100 2 65 3 3 10 12 3 125 3 31 4 12 12 4 15 4 140 4 13 4 62 15 5 17 6 Saturated suction temperature SST 6 C SH superheat 5 K air temperature 27 C DB 19 C WB General Information Combination Table ESiEN09 05 6 General Information ESiEN09 05 Part 2 Specifications
136. NAL IF UNSURE OF INSTALLATION PROCEDURES OR USE ALWAYS CONTACT YOUR DAIKIN DEALER FOR ADVICE AND INFORMATION The English text is the original instruction Other languages are translations of the original instructions Installation and operation manual INTRODUCTION A 0 Only optional controls as listed in the optional accessories list can be used Do only use this system in combination with a field supplied air handling unit Do not connect this system to other appliances BEFORE INSTALLATION The system will operate as a standard indoor unit to control the room temperature This system does not require a specific external controller but take below cautions into account Multiple outdoor unit connections are not allowed in 1 refrigerant system The automatic refrigerant charging and leak detection function are not possible when the is used The manufacturer of this outdoor unit has limited responsibility for total performance of the system because performance is determined by the total system The discharge air may fluctuate depending on selected air handling unit and depending on the installation configuration Do NOT connect the system to DIII net devices m Intelligent Controller m intelligent Manager m DMS IF BACnet Gateway This could result in malfunction or breakdown of the total system This equipment is not designed for year round cooling applicati
137. Number of terminal blocks x 4 digits Lower 4 digits 13 Number of terminal blocks zr lower Contents of malfunction the Malfunction 14 a 9 code table latest Confirmation on setting contents Contents of malfunction Refer to Push RETURN BS3 button to 15 1 cycle before m 6462 display different data of set items Contents of malfunction 16 2 cycle before 2 20 Contents of retry the latest xt xe e 21 Contents of retry 1 cycle before xt x 22 Contents of retry 2 cycle before xt x x e Lower 2 digits Normal judgment of outdoor units ixe Abnormal 25 PC board W Normal Unjudgment Push the RETURN 853 button and switches to the initial status of Monitor mode The numbers in the No column represent the number of times to press the Push the MODE BS1 button and returns to Setting mode 1 V2765 SET BS2 button Setting item 0 Display contents of Various setting EMG operation ON je backup operation setting OFF e jo Defrost select setting Short 3 je je Medium x Long Te e e Te setting H T e e M T L je e e Tc sett
138. OTING If one of the following malfunctions occur take the measures shown below and contact your dealer WARNING Stop operation and shut off the power if anything unusual occurs burning smells etc Leaving the unit running under such circumstances may cause breakage electric shock or fire Contact your dealer The system must be repaired by a qualified service person safety device such as a fuse a breaker an earth leakage breaker frequently actuates or the ON OFF switch does not properly work Measure Turn off the main power switch If water leaks from the unit Measure Stop the operation The operation switch does not work well Measure Turn off the power if the display X9X TEST the unit number and the operation lamp flash and the malfunction code appears Only when a remote control is connected See figure 5 Inspection display Air handling unit number in which a malfunction occurs Operation lamp OO N Malfunction code Measure Notify your dealer and report the malfunction code If the system does not properly operate except for the above mentioned cases and none of the above mentioned malfunctions is evident investigate the system according to the following procedures 1 If the system does not operate at all Check if there is no power failure Wait until power is restored If power failure occurs during operation the system automatically restarts imm
139. TEST button for 5 seconds Step 1 izi Pressure equalizing 10 sec to 10 minutes Step 2 i p Cooling start control eoeeece 20 sec to 2 minutes Stability waiting operation 700900 10 minutes Step4 6 i Stop valve close check eoeecee Wrong wiring check Piping length check 3 minutes Step 7 Refrigerant over charge judgment 15 minutes Step 8 Pump down residual operation eoeceeo 5 seconds Step9 Standby restarting 0900000 2 minutes Completion 116 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Part 8 Installation and Operation Manual Installation and Operation Manual 117 DAIKIN INSTALLATION MANUAL Inverter condensing unit Installation manual Inverter condensing unit English Installationsanleitung Deutsch Invertierer Verfl ssiger Installationsanleitung sg Fran ais Groupe condenseur inverter Montagehandleiding Nederlands Condensorunit met inverter Manual de instalaci n Espa ol Unidad condensadora Inverter p Manuale d installazione italiano Unit di condensazione a inverter Manual de instala o Portugues Unidade de condensa o com inversor 9 Instrukcja monta u 125 7 1 x polski Skraplacz typu Inverter ERQ140A7V1B
140. Troubleshooting 183 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiENO09 05 3 17 Outdoor Unit Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor Remote control Display Applicable ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Models Method of Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor Malfunction Detection Malfunction Error is generated when the low pressure is dropped under specific pressure Decision Operating pressure 0 07MPa Conditions Supposed W Abnormal drop of low pressure Lower than 0 07MPa Causes W Defect of low pressure sensor W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P W Stop valve is not opened 184 Troubleshooting 51 9 05 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the stop valve open Open the stop valve Mount a pressure gauge on the low pressure service port 2 Connect the Service Checker Reset the operation using the remote control and then restart the operation Are the characteristics of the low pressure sensor Replace the low pressure sensor normal See 1 pressure detected with the PC board normal See 2 Replace the main PC board The low pressure sensor is normal and the pressure detected with the PC board is also normal The low pressu
141. abled while in oil return mode in cooling operation Normal operation 10 white mist lt AHU gt Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the AHU comes out from In cooling operation the due to heavy stain of the inside of the system ambient humidity is high the AHU This AHU is installed in a place with much oil or dust lt AHU gt Hot gas refrigerant flown in the Normal operation Immediately after cooling AHU results to be vapor from the operation stopping the unit ambient temperature and humidity are low AHUS and outdoor units Defrosted moisture turns to be Normal operation After the completion of vapor and comes out from the defrosting operation the units System is switched to heating operation 11 The system lt AHU gt These are operating sounds of Normal operation produces Immediately after turning ON the electronic expansion valve of This sound becomes low after a sounds the power supply AHU the AHU lapse of approximately one produces ringing sounds minute lt AHUs and outdoor units gt These sounds are produced from Normal operation Hissing sounds are gas refrigerant flowing continuously produced while in respectively through the AHUs cooling or defrosting operation and outdoor units lt AHUs and outdoor units gt These sounds are produced Normal operation Hissing sounds are produced when the gas refrigerant stops immed
142. acing to spare parts PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the outdoor PC board YES replaced to spare parts PC board NO The total of indoor units displaying J and indoor units connected to the NO 7 The outdoor PC board replaced is wrong check PC board type same refrigerant system is within connectable number of unit YES Push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds Does a NO gt There too many within the same refrigerant system malfunction occur YES Does the refrigerant type of AH NO gt Normal and outdoor unit match YES gt Matches the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3169 The number of AHUs that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system depends on the type of outdoor unit Troubleshooting 215 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control ESiEN09 05 LE 3 44 Ur System is not Set yet TI remote control 11 Display Applicable All models of AHUs Models RXYSQ4 6PA Method of On check operation the number of AHUs in terms of transmission is not corresponding to that Malfunction of AHUs that have made changes in temperature Detection Malfunction The malfunction
143. aintenance cycle and replacement Do not insert fingers rods or other objects into the air inlet or cycle needs to be considered in following situations 147 outlet When the fan is rotating at high speed it will cause injury Never let the air handling unit or the remote control get wet It may cause an electric shock or a fire Thank you for purchasing this Daikin air conditioner Never use a flammable spray such as hair spray lacquer or Carefully read this operation manual before using the air paint near the unit conditioner It will tell you how to use the unit properly and It may cause a fire help you if any trouble occurs After reading the manual file it away for future reference Never replace a fuse with that of wrong ampere ratings or other wires when a fuse blows out The English text is the original instruction Other languages are Use of wire or copper wire may cause the unit to break down or translations of the original instructions cause a fire Never put any objects into the air inlet or outlet Objects touching the fan at high operating speed can be dangerous 1 SAFETY CAUTIONS Never press the button of the remote control with a hard pointed Read the following cautions carefully and use your equipment object properly The remote control may be damaged Never pull or twist the electric wire of the remote control It may cause the unit to malfunction Improper handling can lead to such
144. alfunction of Thermistor for Discharge 178 3 13 21 Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System 179 3 14 Tu Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in remote control 180 3 15 ET Outdoor Unit PC Board Defect asco a 181 3 16 2 Outdoor Unit Actuation of High Pressure Switch 182 3 17 E Outdoor Unit Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor 184 3 18 Inverter Compressor Motor 186 3 19 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor 187 3 20 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion rM cC uS 188 3 21 F 3 Outdoor Unit Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature 190 3 22 F Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Overcharged 191 3 23 47 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Outdoor Air 192 3 24 iz Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R2T 193 3 25 45 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R5T for Suction ee 194 3 26 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R6T 195 3 27 4 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R7T for Outdoor Unit uu cp
145. alve EV3 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Ending conditions 2 min Function 31 Special Control ESiEN09 05 3 6 Stopping Operation Operation of the actuator when the system is down is cleared up 3 6 1 When System is in Stop Mode Actuator Operation Compressor OFF Outdoor unit fan OFF Four way valve Keep former condition Main electronic expansion valve EV1 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Ending conditions AHU thermostat is turned ON 32 Function ESiEN09 05 Protection Control 4 Protection Control 41 High Pressure Protection Control This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient increase of high pressure In cooling operation High pressure not limited Pc HP pressure sensor detection value INV upper limit frequency Max High pressure limited INV upper limit frequency 3 step down from current compressor frequency After 10 sec i P Keeping the current step Pc 3 23MPa 15 INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency gt 64 When occurring 10 times wi
146. an PC board 172 C4 E Malfunction of thermistor R2T for heat exchange loose connection 174 disconnection short circuit failure C5 n Malfunction of thermistor R3T for gas pipes loose connection 175 disconnection short circuit failure C6 E Failure of combination between AHU PC board and fan PC board 176 C9 n Malfunction of thermistor R1T for suction air loose connection 177 disconnection short circuit failure CA E Malfunction of thermistor for discharge air loose connection 178 disconnection short circuit failure CC rt Malfunction of humidity sensor system 179 CJ xt Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote control 180 Outdoor Unit E1 E PC board defect 181 E Actuation of high pressure switch 182 4 E Actuation of low pressure sensor 184 E5 n Compressor motor lock 186 E Standard compressor lock or over current 7 E Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor 187 E9 E Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve Y1E Y3E 188 F3 E Abnormal discharge pipe temperature 190 F6 Refrigerant overcharged 191 13 Failure of high pressure switch H4 E Actuation of low pressure switch H7 E Abnormal outdoor fan motor signal 9 E Malfunction of thermistor R1T for outdoor air loose connection 192 disconnection short circuit failure J2 Current sensor malfunction J3 E Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor R2T loose connection 193 disconnection short circuit failure J5 n Malfun
147. an rotates at a high speed and cause injury Do not tilt the unit when removing it The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down sufficiently before conducting repair work Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns Use the welder in a well ventilated place Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency 1 1 2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair A Warning Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and appropriate tools to conduct repair work Never attempt to modify the equipment The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire When relocating the equipment make sure that the new installation site has sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation work is not conducted securely the equipment can fall and cause injury Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard installation frame Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the equipment to fall resulting in injury For integral units only Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a
148. and torque wrench in combination to tighten the flare nut When connecting the piping in the lateral direction on the rear remove the piping cover rear in reference to figure 7 1 Piping union 1 Piping cover rear 2 Spanner 3 Flare nut To install the connecting pipe to the unit a downward direction A T I make a knockout hole by penetrating the center area around the dew 4 knockout hole using 26 mm drill See figure 5 See the following table for tightening torque Cutting out the two slits makes it possible to install as shown in Applying too much torque may cause the flares to crack figure 5 Tightening Use a metal saw to cut out the slits Pipe size torque Nem mm Flare shape After knocking out the knock out it is recommended to apply 09 5 33 29 12 8 13 2 repair paint to the edge and the surrounding end surfaces to prevent rusting 015 9 63 75 19 3 19 7 019 11 98 110 12 3 23 7 gm After all the piping has been connected use nitrogen to perform a gas leak check ERQ100 140A7V1B DAIKIN Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 Installation manual 127 For ERQ140 only The size of the gas side stop valve is 15 9 while the inter unit piping is 219 1 Use the standard supplied accessory piping to make the connection See figure 14 A Front connection B Rear connection Side connection D Bottom connection 1 Gas line piping copper gasket supplied with the unit make su
149. ant using a refrigerant recovery unit See the operation manual attached to the refrigerant recovery unit for more detal Press Mode button BS1 once and reset Setting Mode 2 3 2 5 Setting of Vacuuming Mode In order to perform vacuuming operation at site fully open the expansion valves and turn on some solenoid valves Operating procedure In Setting Mode 2 with units in stop mode set B Refrigerant Recovery Vacuuming mode to ON The respective expansion valves are fully opened TEST OPERATION is displayed on the remote control and the outdoor unit operation is prohibited After setting do not cancel Setting Mode 2 until completion of Vacuuming operation Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation Press Mode button BS1 once and reset Setting Mode 2 Test Operation 115 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 3 2 6 Check Operation To prevent any trouble in the period of installation at site the system is provided with a test operation mode enabling check for incorrect wiring stop valve left in closed coming out or misplacing with suction pipe thermistor or discharge pipe thermistor and judgment of piping length refrigerant overcharging and learning for the minimum opening degree of electronic expansion valve CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION LED display HTP H7P O ON Unit stopping Press the
150. ard the maximum allowed concentration level of refrigerant to a humanly space for R410A is limited to 0 44 kg m Pay special attention to places such as a basements etc where refrigerant can stay since refrigerant is heavier than air 14 3 Procedure for checking maximum concentration Check the maximum concentration level in accordance with steps 1 to 4 below and take whatever action is necessary to comply 1 Calculate the amount of refrigerant kg charged to each system Separately Lotal amount of refrigerant kg in the system amount of refrigerant additional charging in a single unit amount amount of system amount of refrigerant added refrigerant with which locally in accordance the system is with the length or charged before diameter of the leaving the factory refrigerant piping 2 Calculate the smallest room volume m3 In a case such as the following calculate the volume of A B as a single room or as the smallest room A Where there are no smaller room divisions B Where there is a room division but there is an opening between the rooms sufficiently large to permit a free flow of air back and forth 1 opening between rooms 2 partition Where there is an opening without a door or where there are openings above and below the door which are each equivalent in size to 0 1596 or more of the floor area 3 Calculating the refrigerant density using the
151. art to be brazed must be 30 mg 10 m or less PM M 3 Taping 2 Use the following material specification for refrigerant piping omi EE W Construction material phosphoric acid deoxidized seamless 5 Pressure reducing valve copper for refrigerant 6 Nitrogen W Temper grade use piping with temper grade in function of the pipe diameter as listed in the table below For details see manual of the outdoor unit lt 15 9 219 1 1 2H O Annealed 1 2H Half hard The pipe thickness of the refrigerant piping should comply with relevant local and national regulations The minimal pipe thickness for R410A piping must be in accordance with the table below 6 4 0 80 9 5 0 80 12 7 0 80 15 9 0 99 19 1 0 80 22 2 0 80 3 case the required pipe sizes inch sizes not available it is also allowed to use other diameters mm sizes taken the following into account select the pipe size nearest to the required size use the suitable adapters for the change over from inch to mm pipes field supply Installation and operation manual DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 VALVE KIT INSTALLATION Electrical work Mechanical installation 1 1 Remove the valve kit box cover by unscrewing 4 5 2 Drill 4 holes on correct position measurements as indicated in Open the electrical box cover
152. as flowing through both indoor and outdoor units A hissing sound which is heard at the start or immediately after stopping operation or defrost operation This is the noise of refrigerant caused by flow stop or flow change Symptom 6 2 Outdoor unit W When the tone of operating noise changes This noise is caused by the change of frequency Symptom 7 Dust comes out of the unit When the unit is used for the first time a long time This is because dust has gotten into the unit Symptom 8 The units can give off odours The unit can absorb the smell of rooms furniture cigarettes etc and then emit it again Symptom 9 The outdoor unit fan does not spin gm During operation The speed of the fan is controlled in order to optimize product operation Symptom 10 The display shows EH Only when a remote control is connected gm This is the case immediately after the main power supply switch is turned on and means that the remote control is in normal condition This continues for one minute Symptom 11 The compressor in the outdoor unit does not stop after a short heating operation This is to prevent oil and refrigerant from remaining in the compressor The unit will stop after 5 to 10 minutes Symptom 12 The inside of an outdoor unit is warm even when the unit has stopped This is because the crankcase heater is warming the compressor so that the compressor can start smoothly 11 TROUBLESHO
153. ating temperature B EKEQDCB control box The system will operate as a standard indoor unit to control the room temperature This system does not require a specific external controller NOT connect the system to DIII net devices m intelligetit Controller m intelligent Manager DMS IF m BACnet Gateway This could result in malfunction breakdown of the total system This equipment is not designed for year round cooling applications with low indoor humidity conditions such as Electronic Data Processing rooms This appliance is not intended for use by persons including children with reduced physical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 INSTALLATION H For installation of the air handling unit refer to the air handling unit installation manual Never operate the air conditioner with the discharge pipe thermistor R3T suction pipe thermistor R2T and pressure sensors S1NPH S1NPL removed Such operation may burn out the compressor The equipment is not intended for use in
154. ation 1 1 1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply On Check the below items Power wiring Control transmission wiring between units Earth wire V Check on refrigerant piping V Check on amount of refrigerant charge 1 1 2 Turn Power On Turn outdoor unit power on V Turn AHU power on Vv Carry out field setting on outdoor PC board O Is the power supply single phase 220 240V 50Hz O Have you finished a ductwork to drain O Have you detached transport fitting O Is the wiring performed as specified O Are the designated wires used O Is the grounding work completed Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 220 240V circuit O Are the setscrews of wiring not loose O Is the electrical component box covered with an insulation cover completely O Is pipe size proper The design pressure of this product is 4 0MPa O Are pipe insulation materials installed securely Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated Otherwise causes water leak O Are respective stop valves on liquid and gas line securely open O Is refrigerant charged up to the specified amount If insufficient charge the refrigerant from the service port of stop valve on the liquid side with outdoor unit in stop mode after turning power on O Has the amount of refrigerant charge been recorded on Reco
155. ation ready lamp H2P is blinking Check No 3 gt Check the fan motor connector Is resistance between pins in excess of judgment criteria Replace the fuse F4U and the inverter PC board A2P Replace the fan motor Replace the inverter PC board Replace the fuse F4U YES Lamp does YES gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P not go off for 12 minutes or more NO s AHU outdoor and NO gt Push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal gt Fix the AHU outdoor unit transmission wiring Refer to information on 226 gt Replace the outdoor unit PC board A1P V3187 Troubleshooting 213 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control ESiEN09 05 3 42 5 Malfunction of Transmission between remote control and AHU Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting A II AHU models In case of controlling with 2 remote control check the system using microcomputer is signal transmission between AHU and remote control main and sub is normal N ormal transmission does not continue for specified period Malfunction of AHU remote control transmission Connection of two main remote controls when
156. ature is higher The DDC sends a 1 V signal According to the output voltage decreasing line we are now in level 1 2 1 2 Refrigerant target temperature refrigerant target temp cooling heating level 1 gt 2 Ter 2 level2 1 1 2 level3 gt gt Te level4 1 Tet 5 2 Te2 2 Example continued 3 VDC level 2 thus meaning an increase of the refrigerant target temperature In heating mode this means Tc 1 C Logically the room temperature will rise so at the next signal we are in level 3 where Tc is kept even Cooling Heating AT lt 0 level 1 level 2 DDC asks less capacity DDC asks more capacity AT 0 level 3 no change no change AT gt 0 level 4 level 5 DDC asks more capacity DDC asks less capacity AT room temp set temp 22 Y Control Control of evaporating and condensing temperature Te and Tc by Daikin control no DDC needed Fixed Te or Tc Te user setting 3 10 C Tc user setting 43 49 C 50 Control Box ESiEN09 05 X Y Z Control Components for control BRC1D only for servicing Low cost No BRC needed No air temperature control With Y control there is no external input to change Te Tc value Their values can only be changed by local setup with a Daikin remote control during installation We refer to the chapter Field Se
157. auses Troubleshooting All AHU models Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve Defect of AHU PC board Defect of connecting cable Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred The electronic expansion valve is NO connected to X7A of the AHU PC board Normal when coil check 1 of the moving part of NO the electronic expansion valve is checked YES he connecting YES cable is short circuited or disconnected NO After connecting turn the power supply off and then back on Replace the moving part of the electronic expansion valve Replace the connecting cable If you turn the power supply off and on again and it still does not help replace the AHU PC board V2781 Troubleshooting 169 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control ESiEN09 05 1 Coil check method for the moving part of the electronic expansion valve Discount the electronic expansion valve from the PC board and check the continuity between the connector pins Normal Pin No 1 White 2 Yellow 3 Orange 4 Blue 5 Red 6 Brown 1 White x 3000 1500 2 Yellow O Approx Approx 3009 1500 3 Orange x 1500 4
158. be reduced to avoid interfering with other devices The outer casing of the product may take on an electrical charge due to leaked electrical current which will have to be discharged with the grounding DAIKIN Installation manual 132 ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 11 3 Connection example of total system wiring See figure 8 Power Earth leakage breaker Branch switch overcurrent breaker fuse Ground Communication wiring oo N Control box 11 4 Connecting power wire and transmission wires Let the power wire including ground wire go through the power outlet port on either the front side or back of the outdoor unit Let the transmission wires go through the cable outlet port pipe outlet port or knock out hole on either the front side or back of the outdoor unit See figure 9 Rear direction Lateral direction Front direction Power terminal block X1M Control wiring between units on O gt Power cable with ground wire Keep proper distance between power cable and control wiring Clamp field supply Stop valve mounting plate Power cable Ground cable yellow green Fix the control wiring with the clamp Control terminal block X2M o O OC Precautions when knocking out knockout holes To punch a knock hole hit on it with a hammer After knocking out the holes we recommend you paint the edges and areas around the edges using t
159. box Installation and Operation Manual 70 Part 7 Test Operation 83 1 Test Operation 84 1 1 Procedure and Outline Mop des 84 1 2 Operation when Power is Turned 90 2 Outdoor Unit Board 91 MEI cc 92 4 1 Field Setting remote control 92 34 Field Setting from Outdoor LII sinat tte Roten Erb nita 100 Part 8 Installation and Operation Manual cR f Part 9 Troubleshooting 149 1 Symptom based Troubleshooting 151 2 Troubleshooting by remote control 154 2 1 The INSPECTION TEST ae spice me 154 2 2 Self diagnosis by Wired remote 2 2 22222 2 155 ii Table of Contents ESiEN09 05 2 3 remote control Service 156 2 4 remote control Self Diagnosis Function cess 158 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 165 3 1 10 Error of External Protection Device 165 3 2 Hr ABU PC Board Dele 166 3 9 AS AHU Fan Motor MTF Lock Overload
160. ccurred Check the mounting condition of the temperature sensors of the heat exchanging deicer thermistor in the piping Are the above thermistor installed on pipes correctly NO gt Install thermistor correctly Remove the heat exchanging deicer thermister from the outdoor PC board and measure resistance with a tester Is the characteristic of the above thermistor normal NO gt Replace thermistor YES gt Refrigerant overcharged V2797 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P232 Troubleshooting 191 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control 51 9 05 3 23 H9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Outdoor Air Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the outdoor air thermistor When the outside air temperature thermistor has short circuit or open circuit Defect of thermistor R1T for outdoor air W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector is connected to X11A of outdoor PC board NO gt Connect the connector and tur
161. changer determine defrosting deicer Tb operation and others Thermistor 5 RST Suction pipe2 Ts2 Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc Thermistor Subcooling heat 6 R6T exchanger gas pipe Tsh Used to control of subcooling electronic expansion valve Thermistor 7 R7T Liquid pipet Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation and others Thermistor 8 R8T Liquid pipe2 TI2 Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation and others 16 Refrigerant Circuit Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 05 uonoeuuoo epis pjay uo uod ALA dois eqn plousjog yms aunssad ufi 1 1 SdH 49 JosseJduio 29114 eqn 5 YHOLVINWNDOV pod D 9juonoor plousjos S aqn 29113 Su Josuas 1 RUE ainsseid 2 einsseid DA J 2
162. ction of thermistor R3T R5T for suction pipe loose connection 194 disconnection short circuit failure J6 E Malfunction of thermistor R6T for heat exchanger loose connection 195 disconnection short circuit failure J7 Yk Malfunction of thermistor R7T for outdoor unit liquid pipe 196 J9 ik Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor RAT 197 JA n Malfunction of high pressure sensor 198 JC E Malfunction of low pressure sensor 199 LO E Inverter system error L1 E Malfunction of PC board 200 14 E Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise 201 L5 E Inverter compressor abnormal 202 L8 E Inverter current abnormal 203 L9 E Inverter start up error 204 Troubleshooting 159 Troubleshooting by remote control ESiEN09 05 ON Uk Blink Malfunction Operation Malfunction contents Page code lamp Referred Outdoor Unit LA E Malfunction of power unit LC E Malfunction of transmission between inverter and control PC board 205 P1 n High voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit 206 System UO xt Low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or electronic expansion 207 valve failure U1 E Reverse phase open phase U2 E Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure 209 U3 E Check operation is not completed 211 04 Malfunction of transmission between AHUs and outdoor units 212 U5 Malfunction of transmission between remote control AHU 214 U5 E Failure of rem
163. current sensor malfunctions during synchronized operation W Incase of IGBT malfunction Faulty outdoor PC board A1P IPM failure e Current sensor failure e Failure of IGBT or drive circuit Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn OFF the power supply once and then turn it ON again Does it return It is believed that normally external factors noise etc other than failure caused the malfunction gt Replace the outdoor PC board A1P PC board equipped with a resin case 200 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 32 L4 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases above 83 C m Actuation of fin thermal Actuates above 83 C Defect of inverter PC board A2P W Defect of fin thermistor N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred The radiator fin i YES om perature 1S s
164. d Operation becomes possible for about 2 minutes If you do not push the RESET button the unit cannot be run for up to 10 minutes to automatically set master power Status Outdoor unit AHU Test lamp H2P Blinks Can also be set during operation described above If ON button is pushed during operation described above the operation lamp lights but the compressor does not operate Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete 1 2 3 When an AHU or Outdoor Unit has been Added or AHU or Outdoor Unit PC Board has been Changed Be sure to push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds If not the addition cannot be recognized In this case the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the address Status Outdoor unit AHU Test lamp H2P ON Can also be set during operation described above If ON button is pushed during operation described above the UH or U4 malfunction indicator blinks Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete 90 Test Operation 51 9 05 Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout 2 Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout
165. d in the outdoor Connect the cool heat selector optional accessory to the terminals and on the outdoor X2M Terminal board A B and C Set cool heat selector switch 051 1 from OFF which is selected at the factory before shipment to ON DS1 1 switch knob DS1 1 2 3dO NO ABC ABC Cool heat selector option KRC 19 26 A6 100 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting Caution Capacity Setting after changing the main PC Board A1P to spare parts PC Board When you change the main PC Board A1P to spare parts PC Board please carry out the following setting Please Attach the Capacity Setting adapter corresponding to Capacity Class ex 112 140 160 in connector X51A See Below Capacity Setting adapter Outdoor unit Capacity Class Note 100 112 CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTOR for 100 J112 125 140 CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTOR for 125 J140 140 160 CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTOR for 140 J160 Position of Attaching the Capacity Setting Adaptor ERQ100 125 140A7V1B rau 76 58 2507 01 ES M x 0552 i 9720 9 490 ROO 2 Ora P 1 4 rios ory
166. d on Starting set and Ending to the setting condition you want set mE Sett f ext Setsl level when the t Push tne RETURN BS3 Jbutton and 25 S mga a evel when the low noise signal is inpu decide the condition Night time low 2 Sets starting time of nighttime low noise operation 26 con Night time low noise setting is also required Night time low TEM Tm Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation 2 end Night time low noise setting is also required 4 Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor Since the 28 eCheck after waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the Push the RETURN BS3 button and disconnection of compressor it is convenient to probe whether the trouble set to the initial status of Setting compressor wires comes from the compressor or PC board mode 2 Capac If the capacity control is required the low noise control is 29 tole RN s ttin automatically released by this setting during carrying out 9 low noise operation and nighttime low noise operation If you become unsure of how to Changes target value of power consumption when proceed push the MODE BS1 30 Demand setting 1 demand control 1 is input button and return to setting mode 1 Normally enables demand control 1 without external 32 Normal demand input Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker V2764 setting of small capacity is shut down due
167. differential start W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A2P Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred The difference between high and low pressure when starting is above 0 2MPa NO gt Unsatisfactory pressure equalization Check refrigerant system Disconnect the connection between the compressor and inverter Make the power transistor check mode ON by service mode Inverter output voltage check Inverter output voltage is not balanced Normal if within 5V Must be NO gt Replace the inverter PC board measured when frequency assy A2P is stable After turning on NO again 5 blinks gt Reset and restart again UM Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for odd noises vibration and operating status of the compressor V2814 204 Troubleshooting 51 9 05 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control 3 36 LL Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PC Board Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Check the communication state between inverter PC board and control PC board by micro computer When the correct communicatio
168. distances away from stereo equipment personal computers etc See figure 2 1 Personal computer or radio 2 Fuse 3 Earth leakage breaker Make sure there is enough room to do the installation 4 remote control Setthe outlet side at a right angle to the direction of the wind 5 selector 6 Air handling unit Strong wind 7 Control box DS 8 Expansion valve kit In places with weak reception keep distances of 3m more to avoid electromagnetic disturbance of other Blown air Strong wind equipment and use conduit tubes for power and transmission lines 5 PRECAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION 3 Prepare a water drainage channel around the foundation to Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that drain waste water from around the unit the unit will not cause any operating vibration or noise after 4 Ifthe water drainage of the unit is not easy please build up the installation unit on a foundation of concrete blocks etc the height of the accordance with the foundation drawing in the figure fix the foundation should be maximum 150 mm unit securely by means of the foundation bolts Prepare four sets of M12 foundation bolts nuts and washers each which are 5 Ifyou install the unit on a frame please install a waterproof plate available on the market within 150 mm of the underside of the unit in order to prevent the invasion of water from the lower direction tis best to screw t
169. e cables require an additional pull relief Strap the cable with the installed tie wrap Installation and operation manual DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 Connecting the wiring Connect the wires to the terminal board according to the wiring diagram in figure 2 See figure 3 for wiring intake in the control box The wiring intake hole indication H1 refers to the H1 cable of the corresponding wiring diagram There are 2 wiring intake holes to allow for branching of the communication wire Connect cables according to specifications of the next table Table connection and application Cross section Maximum length Description Connect to Type of cable mm Specifications a Power supply Power supply HO5VV F3G2 5 25 Power supply 230 V 1 50 Hz Y1 Y6 Expansion valve Expansion valve kit LIYCY3 x 2 x 0 75 20 Digital output 12 V DC connection R1 R2 Thermistor R2T liquid pipe Standard 2 5 R3 R4 Thermistor R3T 20 Analog input 16 DC gas pipe 075 R5 R6 Thermistor R1T air HO5VV F2 x 0 75 P1 P2 Remote control icai 100 Communication line 16 V DC pipa Communication to Outdoor unit outdoor unit T1 T2 ON OFF Digital input 16 V DC Capacity step Ener sianal Controller field supply LIVCY4 x 2 x 0 75 Optional connection
170. e is 4 0 MPa or 40 bar pipes of larger wall thickness may be required Refer to paragraph 7 1 Selection of piping material on page 126 3 1 Precautions for RA10A The refrigerant requires strict cautions for keeping the system clean dry and tight Clean and dry Foreign materials including mineral oils or moisture should be prevented from getting mixed into the system Tight Read 8 Precautions on refrigerant piping on page 126 carefully and follow these procedures correctly HM Since R410A is a mixed refrigerant the required additional refrigerant must be charged in its liquid state If the refrigerant is in state of gas its composition changes and the system will not work properly The connected air handling units must be air handling units designed exclusively for RA10A 3 2 Installation For installation of the air handling unit s refer to the air handling unit installation manual Never operate the air conditioner with the discharge pipe thermistor R2T suction pipe thermistor R3T and pressure sensors S1NPH S1NPL removed Such operation may burn out the compressor sure to confirm the model name and the serial of the outer front plates when attaching detaching the plates to avoid mistakes When closing the service panels take care that the tightening torque does not exceed 4 1 Nem 3 3 Handling As shown in the figure bring the unit slowly by grabbing the lef
171. e liquid pipe temperature sensor Faulty TI sensor short Faulty sensor of subcool heat exchanger temperature Faulty Tsh sensor short Faulty sensor of discharge pressure Faulty Pc sensor short Faulty sensor of suction pressure Faulty Inverter PC board Faulty Pe sensor short Faulty IPM Abnormal Current sensor offset Abnormal IGBT Faulty Current sensor Abnormal SP PAM over voltage Inverter radiation fin temperature rising Over heating of inverter radiation fin temperature DC output over current Inverter instantaneous over current Electronic thermal Electronic thermal switch 1 Electronic thermal switch 2 Out of step Speed down after startup Lightening detection Stall prevention Limit time Stall prevention Current increasing Stall prevention Faulty start up Abnormal wave form in startup Out of step Transmission error between inverter and outdoor unit Inverter transmission error Troubleshooting 161 51 9 05 Troubleshooting by remote control A m e lt c 5 S g 2 w E ist z a 5 5 S Se 5 v E or 9 a 5 2 6 Sr 5 5 gr 2 w m Ist c 2
172. e operation lamp lights up and the system starts operation For systems without Daikin remote control without cool heat changeover remote control swith and with a field supplied controller 1 Select operation mode with the field supplied controller 2 Close T1 T2 The operation lamp lights up and the system starts operation Adjustment For programming temperature refer to the operation manual of the remote control Stopping the system 3 Press the on off button once again or open T1 T2 The operation lamp goes off and the system stops operation NOTE Do not turn off power immediately after the unit stops but wait for least 5 minutes Explanation of heating operation It may take longer to reach the set temperature for general heating operation than for cooling operation The following operation is performed in order to prevent the heating capacity from dropping or cold air from blowing Defrost operation n heating operation freezing of the outdoor unit coil increases Heating capability decreases and the system goes into defrost operation The air handling unit fan stops and the remote control displays 6 9 case no remote control is installed a defrost signal is outputted from the control box After maximum 10 minutes of defrost operation the system returns to heating operation again Hot start In order to prevent cold air from blowing out of an air handlin
173. e refrigerant cannot be recovered from the outdoor unit Installation manual 138 DAIKIN ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 14 CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS Points to note in connection with refrigerant leaks 14 1 Introduction The installer and system specialist shall secure safety against leakage according to local regulations or standards The following standards may be applicable if local regulations are not available The ERQ like other air conditioning systems uses R410A as refrigerant R410A itself is an entirely safe non toxic non combustible refrigerant Nevertheless care must be taken to ensure that air conditioning facilities are installed in a room which is sufficiently large This assures that the maximum concentration level of refrigerant gas is not exceeded in the unlikely event of major leak in the system and this in accordance to the local applicable regulations and standards 14 2 Maximum concentration level The maximum charge of refrigerant and the calculation of the maximum concentration of refrigerant is directly related to the humanly occupied space in to which it could leak The unit of measurement of the concentration is kg m the weight in kg of the refrigerant gas in 1 m volume of the occupied space Compliance to the local applicable regulations and standards for the maximum allowable concentration level is required According to the appropriate European Stand
174. e section The outdoor fan may rotate due to strong backblow wind causing the capacitor to charge This may result in an electric shock After maintenance make sure the outdoor fan connector is connected again Otherwise the unit may break down Play it safe Touch a metal part by hand such as the stop valve in order to eliminate static electricity and to protect the PCB before performing service 12 2 Checks before initial start up NOTE Note that during the first running period of the unit qu required power input may be higher than stated on the nameplate of the unit This phenomenon originates from the compressor that needs elapse of a 50 hours run in period before reaching smooth operation and stable power consumption Make sure that the circuit breaker on the power supply panel of the installation is switched off Attach the power wire securely H Introducing power with a missing N phase or with a mistaken N phase will break the equipment After the installation check the following before switching on the circuit breaker 1 Transportation stay Be sure that the transportation stay is removed from the compressor 2 The position of the switches that require an initial setting Make sure that switches are set according to your application needs before turning the power supply on 3 Power supply wiring and transmission wiring Use a designated power supply and transmission wiring a
175. e special care during construction W Where sulphurous gas is present such as that in areas of hot and check after installation is finished spring vehicles or vessels Tick v Where voltage fluctuates a lot such as that in factories qu ue Where high concentration of vapor or spray are present Are the thermistors fixed firmly B Where machines generating electromagnetic waves Thermistor may come loose present Is the freeze up setting done correctly Where acidic or alkaline vapor is present The air handling unit may freeze up y p The option boxes must be installed with entrances downward Is the control box fixed firmly The unit may drop vibrate or make noise Do electrical connections comply with specifications The unit may malfunction or components may burn out Are wiring and piping correct The unit may malfunction or components may burn out Is the unit safely grounded Dangerous at electric leakage Installation and operation manual DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 VALVE KIT INSTALLATION Cautions for brazing Mechanical installation Be sure to carry out a nitrogen blow when brazing Brazing without carrying out nitrogen replacement or releasing 1 Remove the valve kit box cover by unscrewing 4x
176. ects from entering 128 9 2 Cautions for handling stop valve 9 3 How to use the stop valve 9 4 Cautions for handling the valve cover ns 1 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 9 5 Cautions for handling service port 2 9 6 Precautions when connecting field piping The precautions listed here are divided into the following two types and regarding 129 Both cover very important topics so be sure to follow them carefully 9 7 Leak test and vacuum drying 129 WARNING 10 Additional refrigerant 129 if th 5 warning is not observed it may cause serious casualties 10 1 Important information regarding the refrigerant used 130 10 2 2 procedures for adding refrigerant CAUTION Vue If the caution is not observed it may cause injury or damage to the 11 Electrical wiring 22 a eee eee equipment 11 1 Internal wiring Parts 11 2 Precautions on electrical wiring work a Warning 11 3 Connection example of total system wiring 133 11 4 Connecting power wire and transmission wires 133 Ask your dealer or qualified personnel to carry out installation 11 5 Power circuit and cable 1
177. ed Is a data station connected parallel interface connected Is the schedule timer s individual combined connecto connected more optional controllers for centralized control connected with the connector for setting master control NO Reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously If the malfunction is still not cleared YES 7 Cannot be used in combination with a wiring adapter for electrical appendices Remove the wiring adapter for electrical appendices and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously Schedule timer and data station cannot be used in combination Disconnect either the schedule timer or data station and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously Schedule timer and parallel interface cannot be used in combination Disconnect either the schedule timer or parallel interface and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized YES control simultaneously Disconnect the schedule timer s individual combined connector and reset the power supply for all optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously Arrange so that the connector for setting master control is connected to one controller for centralized control and reset the power supply for all opti
178. ediately after the power supply is recovered Check if no fuse has blown or breaker has worked Change the fuse or reset the breaker if necessary 2 Ifthe system goes into fan only operation but as soon as it goes into heating or cooling operation the system stops Check if air inlet or outlet of outdoor or air handling unit is not blocked by obstacles Remove any obstacle and make it well ventilated DAIKIN Operation manual 146 ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 3 The system operates but cooling or heating is insufficient Check if air inlet or outlet of outdoor or air handling unit is not blocked by obstacles Remove any obstacle and make it well ventilated gm Check if the air filter is not clogged Refer to Maintenance in the air handling unit manual WB Check the temperature setting Check the fan speed setting on your remote control Check for open doors or windows Shut doors and windows to prevent wind from coming in Check if there too many occupants in the room during cooling operation Check if the heat source of the room is excessive gm Check if direct sunlight enters the room Use curtains or blinds W Checkifthe air flow angle is proper If after checking all above items it is impossible to fix the problem yourself contact your dealer and state the symptoms the complete model name of the air conditioner with manufacturing nu
179. emperature SST 6 C SH superheat 5 air temperature 27 C 19 C WB Installation and operation manual DAIKIN Option for combination of condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 1 The air handling unit can be connected as a standard indoor unit to the outdoor unit The limitations of connection are determined by the outdoor unit Additional limits exist when connecting the EKEQMCB control box These can be found in the technical data book of the EKEQMCB and in this manual 2 Selecting the expansion valve The corresponding expansion valve needs to be selected for your air handling unit Select the expansion valve according to the above limitations NOTE f conflicting result capacity selection has priority over volume The expansion valve is an electronic type it is controlled by the thermistors that are added in the circuit Each expansion valve can control a range of air handling units sizes The selected air handling unit must be designed for R410A Extraneous substances including mineral oils or moisture must be prevented from getting mixed into the system SST saturated suction temperature at exit of air handling unit 3 Selecting the capacity setting adapter see accessories The corresponding capacity setting adapter needs to be selected depending on the expansion valve Connect the c
180. en insert the plug into a power all the way If the plug has dust loose connection it can cause an electrical shock or fire If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated be sure to replace them Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable or share the same power outlet with other electrical appliances since it can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire Introduction ESiEN09 05 A Caution Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly and if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation fire or an electrical shock If the installation platform or frame has corroded replace it Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall resulting in injury Check the grounding and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair and make sure that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock Be sure to check the drainage of the AHU after the repair Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture and floor
181. ent image interference or noise Depending on the radio waves a distance of 1 meter may not be sufficient to eliminate the noise W Do not rinse the outdoor unit This may cause electric shocks or fire H not install the air conditioner in places such as the following Where there is mist of mineral oil oil spray or vapour for example a kitchen Plastic parts may deteriorate and cause them to fall out or water to leak Where corrosive gas such as sulfurous acid gas is produced Corrosion of copper pipes or soldered parts may cause the refrigerant to leak Where there is machinery which emits electromagnetic waves Electromagnetic waves may disturb the control system and cause malfunction of the equipment DAIKIN Installation manual 122 ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 2 2 Standard supplied accessories Gas line piping 1 copper gasket 1 I Gas line piping 2 1 Gas line piping 3 1 Installation manual 1 Operation manual 1 Fluorinated greenhouse gases label 1 E a Multilingual fluorinated greenhouse 1 gases label Only for ERQ140 Location of accessories refer to figure 1 1 Accessories 2 3 Technical and electrical specifications Refer to the Engineering Data Book for the complete list of specifications 3 BEFORE INSTALLATION Since design pressur
182. entered Select the desired No with 852 BUTTON temperature setting A and the BS3 BUTTON 9 temperature setting W Push the BS9 BUTTON set A and select FIRST CODE NO Push the 8510 BUTTON set B and select SECOND CODE NO Push the 857 BUTTON set cancel once and the present settings are SET Push the BS6 BUTTON field set to return to the NORMAL MODE Test Operation 93 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 3 1 3 Field Settings Overview Note In the table below the factory settings are indicated in bold Mode Setting Contents Second Code n Remark n 00 Renewal of target 20 4 refrigerant control 10 x control 5 8 System setting 3 Fan at thermo off heating T4T2 22 mut must be 12 identical 5 T4T at power restore open at port power Tower failure Control setting EKEQF 0 box y control Target refrigerant 1 temperature setting Te 5 6 y control cooling 23 Target refrigerant 13 2 temperature setting 43 44 y control heating 6 Hot start B min 0 1 7 Hot start A C 34 37 Fan at defrost amp oil return 0 AT control x control 30 55 35 55 40 55 1 AT control x control 7 20 3 20 0 20 Thermo off y control 2 heating B min C min 23 45 63 Thermo x control 5
183. entered and H1P lights Push the BS2 SET button several times and match the LED display with the Setting No you want Push the BS3 RETURN button one time and the present setting content is displayed Push the BS2 SET button several times and match the LED display with the setting content as shown on next page you want Push the BS3 RETURN button two times Returns to Push the BS1 MODE button one time Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off Test Operation 113 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 Xt ON OFF 3 Blink Setting Setting Setting No indication Setting No indication Setting Setting contents indication Initial setting No contents contents H1P H2P H3P HGP H7P HIP H5P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H6P H7P 12 External NO lownoise e e G e atr ee e x Demand set setting YES 22 OFF low noise x 9 Factory setting setting Mode 1 x 2 xt e e e e 3 34 3 26 34 gt 34 8 00 x e e e e e 3k low noise start setting PM 10 00 Factory G setting
184. eplace the low pressure sensor Replace the outdoor unit PC board A1P 2819 2 Voltage measurement point Outdoor unit PC board A1P 5V 18 4 Red 3 Black 2 l al il i Microcomputer 2 White A D input 1 5 pu 2 Measure voltage here V2809 1 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P232 2 Refer to Pressure Sensor Pressure Voltage Characteristics table on P234 208 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 3 39 Lic Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure Remote control Display Applicable ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Models Method of Detection of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage Malfunction Detection Malfunction When the abnormal voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and abnormal power Decision supply voltage are detected Conditions Supposed m Power supply insufficient Causes W Instantaneous power failure W Defect of outdoor unit fan motor W Defect of outdoor inverter PC board A2P Troubleshooting 209 Troubleshooting by Indication the remote control ESiENO09 05 Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Have the power supply volta
185. er power supply is separate from the outdoor unit 12 Air thermistor control for air handling unit 13 Controller field supply 14 remote control optional for service only For more details refer to the manual of the control box ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 DAIKIN Operation manual 143 4 Refer to the operation manual of the remote control 5 FUNCTION OF EACH SWITCH See figure 3 1 FAN ONLY AIR CONDITIONING SELECTOR SWITCH Set the switch to 22 for fan only operation or to D for heating or cooling operation 2 COOL HEAT CHANGEOVER SWITCH Set the switch to 3 for cooling or to 9 for heating operation 6 OPERATION RANGE Operation range Use the system in the following temperature and humidity ranges for safe and effective operation ERQ125 250_W1 ERQ100 140_V1 Outdoor 5 43 DB 20 21 C DB 5 46 C DB 20 24 c temperature 20 15 5 WB 20 15 5 WB 21 32 DB 15 27 C DB 21 32 C 15 27 DB temperature 44 95 C WB 14 25 C WB Indoor t t humidity lt 80 Did Range for operation 20 15 WB Range for continuous operation 15 15 5 WB t to avoid condensation and water dripping out the unit If the temperature or the humidity is beyond these conditions safety devices may work a
186. erant cylinder is equipped with a siphon tube or not Charge the liquid refrigerant with the cylinder in up side down position Charge the liquid refrigerant with the cylinder in upright position 10 1 Important information regarding the refrigerant used This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol Do not vent gases into the atmosphere Refrigerant type R410A value 1975 1 GWP global warming potential Please fill in with indelible ink the factory refrigerant charge of the product the additional refrigerant amount charged in the field and B 0 0 the total refrigerant charge on the fluorinated greenhouse gases label supplied with the product The filled out label must be adhered on the inside of the product and in the proximity of the product charging port e g on the inside of the Service cover Contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto mm 1 factory refrigerant charge m of the product RADA 9 see unit name plate 2 additional refrigerant kg 2 amount charged in the field Yawa total refrigerant charge E 4 Contains fluorinated 6 5 greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol outdoor unit refrigerant cylinder and manifold for charging NOTE National implementation of EU regulation on certain fluorinated greenhouse gases may
187. eration and external control 6 When the specified amount of refrigerant is charged push the BS3 RETURN button Then operation stops W The operation automatically stops within 30 minutes E If the refrigerant charge cannot be finished within 30 minutes repeat step 5 If the operation stops immediately after restart there is a possibility that the system is overcharged The refrigerant cannot be charged more than this amount 7 After the refrigerant charge hose is removed make sure to close valve A 11 ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK Al field supplied components and electric construction should comply with the applicable local and national codes All wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician tz To persons in charge of electrical wiring work Do not operate the unit until the refrigerant piping is complete Running it before the piping is ready will break the compressor 11 1 Internal wiring Parts table nan Live Nasa Neutral Field wiring Terminal strip ies Connector Protective earth screw I RIEN Connection Relay connector Functional earthing Terminal Movable connector ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 BU BRN Brown GEN Green RED ni Red DAIKIN Ins
188. ermistor and turn AHU PC board on again is normal when measured after NO disconnecting the thermistor R2T from the AHU PC board 3 5kQ 360 kQ gt Replace the thermistor 827 gt Replace the AHU PC board V2784 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P232 174 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 3 9 L5 Malfunction of Thermistor R3T for Gas Pipes Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by gas pipe thermistor When the gas pipe thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running Defect of AHU thermistor R3T for gas pipe Defect of AHU PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred A Caution Connector is connected to X11A of the AHU PC board NO gt Connect the thermistor and turn on again Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R3T from the AHU PC board NO gt Replace the thermistor R3T Replace the AHU PC board V2785 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P232 Troublesho
189. es f The maximum length depends on the external device that is connected controller relay 4 Operation signal indicates compressor operation Only necessary for capacity controlled system Wiring diagram TES Printed circuit board X2M C3 CA Output operation compressor ON OFF Printed circuit board for voltage conversion X2M C5 C6 Input 0 10 V DC capacity control btts cote Yid Printed circuit board power supply X2M F 1 F2 Communication outdoor unit Fuse 250 V F5A A1P X2M P1 P2 Communication remote control heec Fuse 250 1 X2M T1 T2 Input ON OFF Field fuse Field wiring kasa Light emitting diode service monitor green Live REPRE Magnetic relay error status Neutral Magnetic relay operation compressor ON OFF gt Connector Magnetic relay fan o eee Wire clamp Enas Magnetic relay defrost signal K1R KAR KPR Magnetic relay Earth leakage breaker Thermistor liquid Thermistor gas RG Resistance 120 Capacity adapter Transformer 220 21 8 X1M X2M X3M Terminal block ees Electronic expansion valve X1M C7 C8 Output fan ON OFF X1M C9 C10 Output defrost signal X1M R1 R2 Thermistor liquid T
190. esistance YES between pins above judgment If the F4U has blown out replace the fuse If the has blown out replace the inverter PC board assy Replace the fan motor gt Replace outdoor unit PC board Troubleshooting 187 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 3 20 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y1E Y3E Remote control Display Applicable ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Models Method of Check disconnection of connector Malfunction Check continuity of expansion valve coil Detection Malfunction Error is generated under no common power supply when the power is on Decision Conditions Supposed Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve Causes Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P W Defect of connecting cable 188 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn power supply off and turn power supply on again YES Return to normal expansion valve is connected to X21A and External factor other than malfunction for example noise etc X22A of outdoor unit PC board A1P Normal when coil check 1 of the moving part of NO gt After connecting turn
191. est operation 1 Close the contact T1 T2 ON OFF 2 Confirm function of the unit according to the manual and check if the air handling unit has collected ice freeze up If the unit collects ice see Troubleshooting on page 68 3 Confirm that the fan of the air handling unit is ON In case of poor distribution in the air handling unit 1 or more passes of the air handling unit may freeze up collect ice put the thermistor R2T on this position Depending on operation conditions outdoor ambient temperature it is possible that the settings must be changed after commissioning OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE If T1 T2 is applicable Closing the T1 T2 signal starts operation of the air handling unit Opening the T1 T2 signal stops operation of the air handling unit WHAT TO DO BEFORE OPERATION m Refer to the dedicated manual of the controller field supply and air handling unit field supply Before initiating operation contact your dealer to get the operation manual that corresponds to your system Make sure that the air handling unit fan is ON when the outdoor unit is in normal operation Field settings for EKEQDCB Refer to the installation manuals of both the outdoor unit and the remote control Field settings for EKEQFCB When changing the settings 1 Make the required settings 2 Turn power OFF 3 Remove the remote control after servicing
192. fied service person to clean the air filter The error signal is given and the system stops If the error resets after 5 10 minutes the unit safety device was activated but the unit restarted after evaluation time If the error persists contact your dealer If the system operates but it does not sufficiently cool heat Check if the air inlet or outlet of the air handling unit the outdoor unit is blocked with obstacles Remove the obstacle and make it well ventilated W Checkifthe air filter is clogged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air filter Check if the doors or the windows are open Shut doors or windows to prevent wind from coming in Check if direct sunlight enters the room Use curtains or blinds Check if there are too many inhabitants in the room Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large Check if the heat source of the room is excessive Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large The air handling unit is freezing up The liquid thermistor R2T is not put on the coldest position and part of the air handling unit is freezing up Thermistor must be put on the coldest position The thermistor has come loose The thermistor must be fixed The air handling unit fan is not operating continuously When the outdoor unit stops operating the air handling unit fan must continue operation to melt the ice that was accumulated during outdo
193. firmly closed before pressure test or vacuuming sure that valve is completely open Air tight test and vacuum drying Air tight test Make sure to use nitrogen gas For the service port position refer to 9 2 Cautions for handling stop valve on page 128 Pressurize the liquid and gas pipes to 4 0 MPa 40 bar not pressurize more than 4 0 MPa 40 bar If the pressure does not drop within 24 hours the system passes the test If the pressure drops check where the nitrogen leaks from Vacuum drying Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate to 100 7 kPa 5 Torr 755 mm 1 Evacuate the system from the liquid and gas pipes by using vacuum pump for more than 2 hours and bring the system to 100 7 kPa After keeping the system under that condition for more than 1 hour check if the vacuum gauge rises or not If it rises the system may either contain moisture inside or have leaks 2 Following should be executed if there is a possibility of moisture remaining inside the pipe if piping work is carried out during the raining season or over a long period of time rainwater may enter the pipe during work After evacuating the system for 2 hours pressurize the system to 0 05 MPa vacuum break with nitrogen gas and evacuate the System again using the vacuum pump for 1 hour to 100 7 kPa vacuum drying If the system cannot be evacuated to 100 7 kPa within 2 hours repeat the operation
194. for temperatures from 25 C to 21 C D Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 21 C to 18 B 38 Function ESiEN09 05 Outline of Control Heating 32 Preset temperature Ts 30 28 26 24 22 18 16 T7 SEE ORO 12 When heating the hot air rises to the top of the room resulting in the temperature being lower near the floor where the occupants are When controlling by body thermostat sensor only the unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the preset temperature The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the occupants are doesn t become cold by widening the range in which thermostat sensor in remote control can be used so that suction temperature is higher than the preset temperature THES P oet 555505552 gt gt SCC 00 A 25 552 es ELEM RARAN 5 595 55 55 ys SERRE RES Ja Pes gt x 50 RARER ERNARI OA Apa 552 55559 52 ern 250 xS lt gt 5525 090605 tt ae lt gt Ses 95 55 gt co 5 lt 2 05 lt gt uU HEC E gt
195. g method At the first installation this vacuuming is not required It is required only for repair purposes 1 When the unit is at a standstill and under the setting mode 2 set the required function B refrigerant recovery operation vacuuming operation to ON ON After this is set do not reset the setting mode 2 until the vacuuming is finished led is on and the remote control indicates TEST test operation and external control and the operation will be prohibited 2 Vacuum the system with a vacuum pump 3 Press the BS1 MODE button and reset the setting mode 2 Refrigerant recovery operation method by refrigerant reclaimer 1 When the unit is at a standstill and in setting mode 2 set the required function B refrigerant recovery operation vacuuming operation to ON ON The air handling unit and the outdoor unit expansion valves will fully open and some solenoid valves will open H1P led is on and the remote control indicates TEST test operation and external control the operation will be prohibited Recover the refrigerant using a refrigerant reclaimer For details see the operation manual delivered with the refrigerant reclaimer Press the BS1 MODE button and reset the setting mode 2 CAUTION Never turn the power of the outdoor unit OFF while the refrigerant is being recovered If the power is turned OFF the solenoid valves are closed and th
196. g unit at the start of heating operation the air handling unit fan can be stopped depending on the control of the air handling unit In case a remote control is installed the remote control displays 4 e It may take some time before the fan starts This is not a malfunction DAIKIN Operation manual 144 ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 The heating capacity drops when the outside temperature falls If this happens use another heating device together with the unit When using together with appliances that produce open fire ventilate the room constantly Do not place appliances that produce open fire in places exposed to the air flow from the unit or under the unit It takes some time to heat up the room from time the unit is started since the unit uses a hot air circulating system to heat the entire room hot air rises to the ceiling leaving the area above the floor cold we recommend that you use the circulator the indoor fan for circulating air Contact your dealer for details 8 ENERGY SAVING AND OPTIMUM OPERATION Observe the following precautions to ensure the system operates properly Adjust the air outlet properly and avoid direct air flow to room inhabitants WB Adjust the room temperature properly for a comfortable environment Avoid excessive heating or cooling Prevent direct sunlight from entering a
197. gain Does it function YES normally gt Itis normal Poor connector contact Delete the malfunction code record from the remote control 1 Is displayed on the remote control 2 YES gt Replace the humidity sensor PC board ASS Y A2P 3 gt believed that external factors noise or else other than failure caused the malfunction 1 To delete the record the ON OFF button of the remote control must be pushed and held for 5 seconds in the check mode 2 To display the code the Inspection Test Operation button of the remote control must be pushed and held in the normal mode 8 If ZZ is displayed even after replacing the humidity sensor PC board ASS Y A2P and taking the steps 1 and 2 replace the indoor PC board ASS Y A1P Troubleshooting 179 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 3 14 Lu Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in remote control Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting m Note All models Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by remote control air temperature thermistor Note1 When the remote control air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running m Defect of remote control ther
198. ges between L1 and L2 L2 and L3 and L1 and L3 fallen within the range of 380 to 415V 10 50 Hz and between L and N within the range of 220 to 240 10 NO gt Correct the power supply voltages If L2 or Phase N is open replace the switch box Check the inverter power transistor 1 Is the power transistor faulty YES gt Replace the inverter PC board assy A2P Check for the PC board NO conditions In case of significant failure the PC board may have got faulty due to faulty compressor Consequently even if the PC board is replaced it may get faulty again To avoid that recheck the compressor for grounding and for any broken wires Furthermore even after replacing the PC board carry out inspections on the compressor gt Replace the fan motor Check No 3 B Is the resistance above standard value YES NO When the compressor is running measure the voltage between and of electrolytic capacitor C C Is the measured voltage 220 YES Monitor the voltage VDC or more Instantaneous voltage drop gt Replace the inverter PC board A1P S2605 1 Inverter s Power Transistors Check Refer to information on 235 236 Refer to information on 226 210 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 40 13 Check Operation not Executed Rem
199. gged Ask a qualified service person to clean the air filter Check if the doors or the windows are open Shut doors or windows to prevent wind from coming in Check if direct sunlight enters the room Use curtains or blinds Check if there are too many inhabitants in the room Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large Check if the heat source of the room is excessive Cooling effect decreases if heat gain of the room is too large The air handling unit is freezing up The liquid thermistor R2T is not put on the coldest position and part of the air handling unit is freezing up Thermistor must be put on the coldest position thermistor has come loose The thermistor must be fixed The air handling unit fan is not operating continuously When the outdoor unit stops operating the air handling unit fan must continue operation to melt the ice that was accumulated during outdoor unit operation Ensure that the air handling unit fan keeps operating In these cases contact your dealer Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQDCBV3 Option for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 NOTES A Only a qualified service person is allowed to perform maintenance Before obtaining access to terminal devices all power supply circuits must be interrupted Water or
200. hanges and the system will not work properly The connected air handling units must have heat exchangers designed exclusively for R410A Cautions for selection of the air handling unit Select the air handling unit field supply according to the technical data and limitations mentioned in Table 1 Lifetime of the outdoor unit operation range or operation reliability may be influenced if you neglect these limitations This control box can only be used in heat pump applications NOTE For maximum number of indoor units see 4 outdoor unit specifications ifthe total capacity of the connected indoor units exceeds the capacity of the outdoor unit cooling and heating performance may drop when running the indoor units Refer to the section on performance charac teristics in the Engineering Data Book for details The capacity class of the air handling unit is determined by the selection of the expansion valve kit according to Table 1 Depending on the heat exchanger a connectable EKEXV expansion valve kit must be selected to these limitations Table 1 Allowed heat exchanger Allowed heat exchanger volume dm capacity kW Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 50 0 76 1 65 5 0 6 2 63 1 66 2 08 6 3 7 8 80 2 09 2 64 79 9 9 100 2 65 3 30 10 0 12 3 125 3 31 4 12 12 4 15 4 140 4 13 4 62 15 5 17 6 200 4 63 6 60 17 7 24 6 250 6 61 8 25 24 7 30 8 Saturated suction t
201. he data Do not wipe the controller operation panel with benzine thinner chemical dustcloth etc The panel may get discolored or the coating peeled off If it is heavily dirty soak a cloth in water diluted neutral detergent squeeze it well and wipe the panel clean Wipe it with another dry cloth Never touch the internal parts of the controller Do not remove the front panel Some parts inside are dangerous to touch and a machine trouble may happen For checking and adjusting the internal parts contact your dealer Avoid placing the controller in a spot splashed with water Water coming inside the machine may cause an electric leak or may damage the internal electronic parts Do not operate the air conditioner when using a room fumigation type insecticide Failure to observe could cause the chemicals to become deposited in the unit which could endanger the health of those who are hypersensitive to chemicals Donot touch the heat exchanger fins These fins are sharp and could result in cutting injuries This appliance is not intended for use by persons including children with reduced physical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance 2 IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING THE REFRI
202. he defrost operation is started referring following conditions Outdoor heat exchanger heat transfer co efficiency Temperature of heat exchange Tb Timer 2 hours at the minimum In addition outdoor heat exchange co efficiency is derived from Tc Te and the compressor load Outdoor unit actuator Defrost preparation operation Defrost operation Post Defrost operation Compressor Upper limit control 140 Hz Full load 2 step increase from 36 Hz Unload to Pc Pe gt 0 4 MPa every 20 sec or af Tb gt 11 C 151 Te lt 5 C Outdoor unit fan STEP8 OFF STEP8 Four way valve ON OFF ON Main electronic expansion valve EV1 SH control 480 pls 55 pls Subcooling electronic expansion 0 pis Onis Onis valve EV3 Hot gas bypass SVP OFF ON ON 15 min Ending conditions 2 min e 160 sec or gt 0 4 From the preparing operation to the defrost operation and from the defrost operation to the operation after defrost the compressor stops for 1 minute to reduce noise on changing of the four way valve AHU actuator Heating oil return operation Fan Thermostat ON unit Field setting Stopping unit OFF Function 29 Special Control ESiEN09 05 3 4 Pump down Residual Operation When activating compressor if the liquid refrigerant remains in the heat exchanger the liquid ente
203. he foundation bolts until their length are 20 mm from the foundation surface 6 When installing the unit in a place frequently exposed to snow A pay special attention to the following 2 Elevate the foundation as high as possible 140 620 140 Construct a large canopy field supply 1 n Y Ps O MI Remove the rear suction grille to prevent snow from o9 B iB accumulating on the rear fins 8 9 k ss x Lig 7 The outdoor unit may short circuit depending on its environment 47 2 so use the louvers field supply H 428 7 8 Donotinstall or operate the unit on locations where air contains 614 high levels of salt like e g in the vicinity of oceans Refer for A Discharge side further information to the engineering databook B Bottom view mm 9 If you install the unit on a building frame C Drain hole please install a waterproof plate within 150 mm of the underside of the unit or use a drain plug kit option in order to avoid the drain water dripping Q 10 The equipment is not intended for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere DAIKIN Installation manual 124 ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 51 Installation method for prevention of falling over If it is necessary to prevent the unit from falling over install as shown in the figure prepare all 4 wires as indicated in the drawing unscrew the top plate at the 4 locations indicated A and B the
204. he main switch and to remove the fuses from the control circuit located in the outdoor unit 9 1 Maintenance after a long stop period e g at the beginning of the season Check and remove everything that might be blocking inlet and outlet vents of air handling units and outdoor units Clean air filters and casings of air handling units Refer to the operation manual supplied with the air handling units for details on how to proceed and make sure to install cleaned air filters back in the same position Turn on the power at least 6 hours before operating the unit in order to ensure smoother operation As soon as the power is turned on the remote control displays appear 9 2 Maintenance before a long stop period e g at the end of the season B Letthe air handling units run fan only operation for about half a day in order to dry the interior of the units Refer to 7 1 Cooling heating and fan only operation on page 144 for details on fan only operation Turn off the power The remote control displays disappear Clean air filters and casings of air handling units Refer to the operation manual supplied with the air handling units for details on how to proceed and make sure to install cleaned air filters back in the same position 10 FOLLOWING SYMPTOMS ARE NOT AIR CONDITIONER TROUBLES Symptom 1 The system does not operate The air conditioner does not start immediately after the ON OFF button on
205. he repair paint to prevent rusting When passing electrical wiring through the knock holes remove any burrs from the knock holes and wrap the wiring with protective tape to prevent damage f there is any possibility that small animals enter the system through the knock holes plug the holes with packing materials to be prepared on site 1 1 Knockout hole 2 Burr 3 Packing materials Use a power wire pipe for the power wiring Outside the unit make sure the low voltage electric wiring i e for the remote control between units etc and the high voltage electric wiring do not pass near each other keeping them at least 50 mm apart Proximity cause electrical interference malfunctions and breakage sure to connect the power wiring to the power wiring terminal block and secure it as described under 11 4 Connecting power wire and transmission wires on page 133 Inter unit wiring should be secured as described in 11 4 Connecting power wire and transmission wires on page 133 Secure the wiring with clamps so that it does not touch the piping Make sure the wiring and the electric box lid do not stick up above the structure and close the cover firmly 11 5 Power circuit and cable requirements A power circuit see table below must be provided for connection of the unit This circuit must be protected with the required safety devices i e a main switch a slo
206. he suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the welded section release the refrigerant gas completely at a well ventilated place first If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor the refrigerant gas or refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected and it can cause injury If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work ventilate the area The refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames The step up capacitor supplies high voltage electricity to the electrical components of the outdoor unit Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the power cable plug Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can cause an electrical shock or fire Introduction 51 9 05 A Caution Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or wet place to avoid electrical shocks Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning the equipment The internal f
207. hermistor gas 1 1 6 Expansion 2 1 2 Output error status Protective earth screw Separate component Optional accessory Black Blue Brown Green Gray Orange Pink Red EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 63 Connecting the wiring EKEQDCBV3 Connect the wires to the terminal board according to the wiring diagram in figure 5 See figure 6 for wiring intake in the control box The wiring intake hole indication H1 refers to the H1 cable of the corresponding wiring diagram Connect cables according to specifications of the next table Table connection and application Cross section Maximum length Description Connect to of cable mm2 m Specifications Power supply HO5VV F3G2 5 2 5 Power supply 230 V 1 50 Hz Y1 Y6 Expansion valve Expansion valve kt LIYCY3 x 2 x 0 75 20 Digital output 12 V DC connection R1R2 Thermistor R2T liquid pipe A Standard 2 5 R3 R4 Thermistor R3T Max 20 Analog input 16 V DC gas pipe 0 75 R5 R6 Thermistor R1T air HO5VV F2 x 0 75 P1 P2 remote control icati 100 Communication line 16 V DC paa Communication to Outdoor unit outdoor unit T1 T2 ON OFF Digi
208. hosphoric acid deoxidized seamless outlet does not bypass copper for refrigerant Temper grade use piping with temper grade in function of the C In case of multiple row installation for roof top use etc pipe diameter as listed in table below 1 In case of installing one unit per row The pipe thickness of the refrigerant piping should comply with relevant local and national regulations The minimal pipe thickness for R410A piping must be in accordance with the table below Temper grade of piping Minimal thickness t material mm 6 4 12 7 0 80 15 9 1 19 1 1 2H 1 O Annealed 1 2H Half hard Incase the required pipe sizes inch sizes not available it is 2 Incase of installing multiple units 2 units or more in lateral also allowed to use other diameters mm sizes taken the connection per row following into account select the pipe size nearest to the required size use the suitable adapters for the change over from inch to mm pipes field supply Q L Ims A 8 PRECAUTIONS ON REFRIGERANT PIPING 4 Do not allow anything other than the designated refrigerant to get mixed into the freezing cycle such as air etc If any refrigerant gas leaks while working on the unit ventilate the room thoroughly right away Relation of dimensions between H A and L is shown in the table B Use R410A only when adding refrigerant below Installation tools A Make sure to use installatio
209. iately after the startup or or changes flowing stop of the system or the startup or stop of defrosting operation lt AHU gt These sounds are produced from Normal operation Faint sounds are continuously the drain discharge device in produced while in cooling operation operation or after stopping the operation lt AHU gt These sounds are produced from Normal operation Creaking sounds are resin parts expanding and produced while in heating contracting with temperature operation or after stopping the changes operation lt AHU gt VRV systems these sounds Normal operation Sounds like trickling or the are produced when other AHUs in like are produced from AHUs operation The reason is that the in the stopped state system runs in order to prevent oil or refrigerant from dwelling lt Outdoor unit gt The reason is that the compressor Normal operation Pitch of operating sounds changes the operating frequency changes 12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the Dust which has deposited on the Normal operation from the system system when it restarts after the stop for an extended period of time inside of AHU is blown out from the system 13 Odors come out In operation Odors of room cigarettes or else The inside of the AHU should be from the system adsorbed to the inside of AHU are cleaned blown out 14 Outdoor unit fan In operation The reason is that fan revolutions Normal o
210. ic expansion valve control __ Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF This valve turns on with low pressure protection control Heating operation is not functional at an outdoor air temperature of 24 CDB or more Function 23 Basic Control ESiEN09 05 2 2 Compressor PI Control 2 2 1 For Z Control Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling operation and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance Cooling operation Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to Te Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature achieve target value TeS C Te setting Set in Set up mode 2 TeS Target Te value Varies depending on Te setting operating L M Normal H factory frequency etc setting 3 6 9 Heating operation Controls compressor capacity to adjust Tc to Tc High pressure equivalent saturation temperature achieve target value TcS Tc setting TcS Target Tc value Varies depending on Tc setting operating L M Normal H factory frequency etc setting 43 46 49 2 2 2 For X Y Control For see field settings 2 2 3 Frequencies 100 125 140 STn INV Fullload INV Unload STn INV Fullload INV Unload STn INV Fullload INV Unload 1 36 0Hz 11 80 0Hz 21 140 0Hz 2 39 0Hz 12 86 0Hz 22 146 0
211. ic expansion valve PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat Subcool EV3 exchanger constant G Y2S Solenoid valve Hot gas SVP Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling H Y3S 890199 valve Unload circuit Used to the unloading operation of compressor M 18 Four way valve Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating N S1NPH High pressure sensor Used to detect high pressure S1NPL Low pressure sensor Used to detect low pressure In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs this P S1PH HP pressure switch INV Switch is activated at high pressure of 4 0 MPa or more to stop the compressor compressor operation This valve opens at a pressure of 4 0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase thus T o n EA resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in ge transportation or storage 1 R1T Thermistor Outdoor air Ta Used to detect outdoor temperature correct discharge pipe temperature and others 2 ROT Thermistor INV discharge used to detect discharge pipe temperature make the temperature protection control of pipe Tdi compressor and others 3 R3T Thermistor used to detect suction pipe temperature keep the suction superheated degree Suction pipe1 Ts1 constant in heating operation and others 4 RAT Thermistor Heat exchanger Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat ex
212. ief to the thermistor cable to avoid strain on the thermistor cable and loosening of the thermistor Strain on 3 Fasten the thermistor with 2 tie wraps the thermistor cable or loosening of the thermistor may result in bad contact and incorrect temperature measurement Air thermistor only for EKEQDCB The air thermistor R1T can be installed either in the room that needs temperature control or in the suction area of the air handling unit NOTE For room temperature control the delivered thermistor 4 1 can be replaced by an optional remote sensor kit X KRCS01 1 A to be ordered separately EKEQDCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units DAIKIN Installation and operation with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 Installation of longer thermistor cable R1T R2T R3T The thermistor is supplied with a standard cable of 2 5 m This cable can be made longer to up to 20 m Install the longer thermistor cable with the delivered wire to wire splices 1 Cut the wire or bundle the remainder of the thermistor cable Keep at least 1 m of the original thermistor cable Do not bundle the cable inside the control box 2 Strip the wire 7 mm at both ends and insert these ends into the wire to wire splice 3 Pinch the splice with the correct crimp tool pliers 4 After connection heat up the shrink insulation of the wire to wire splice with a shrink heater to
213. ince R 410A is high pressure gas it is contained in high pressure vessels Although those vessels are durable and strong careless handling can cause damage that can lead to unexpected accidents Do not drop vessels let them fall apply impact or roll them on the ground 3 Storage Although R 410A is not flammable it must be stored in a well ventilated cool and dark place in the same way as any other high pressure gases It should also be noted that high pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that releases gas when the ambient temperature reaches more than a certain level fusible plug melts and when the pressure exceeds a certain level spring type safety valve operates 240 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A 1 3 Service Tools R 410A is used under higher working pressure compared to previous refrigerants R 22 R 407C Furthermore the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to Ether oil and if oil mixing is occurred sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other problems Therefore gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous refrigerant R 22 R 407C can not be used for products that use new refrigerants Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices Tool compatibility Charge hose Compatibility Tool HFC HCFC Reasons for change R 410A R 407C R 22 W Do not use the same tools for R 22 Ga
214. increases From that position further tighten film on the inside of the pipes adversely affecting valves and the flare nut within the angle shown below compressors in the refrigerating system and preventing normal operation Further tightening Recommended When brazing while inserting nitrogen into the piping nitrogen Pipe size angle arm length of tool must be set to 0 02 MPa with a pressure reducing valve just 09 5 3 8 60 90 200 mm enough so that it can be felt on the skin 915 9 5 8 30 60 300 mm 5 019 1 5 8 20 35 450 9 REFRIGERANT PIPING 1 Refrigerant piping Wi Field pipes can be installed in four directions 2 Part to be brazed Figure Field pipes in four directions See figure 5 3 Taping 1 Dril 4 Hands valve 2 Center area around knockout hole 5 Pressure reducing valve 3 Knockout hole 6 Nitrogen 4 Slit 5 Connecting pipe liquid field supply 8 2 Cautions for flare connection 6 Bolt midframa See the following table for flare part machining dimensions 7 Front plate W When connecting the flare nut coat the flare inner surface with 8 Pipe outlet plate ether oil or ester oil and initially tighten 3 or 4 turns by hand 9 Screw front plate before tightening firmly 10 Pipe outlet plate screw 11 Connecting pipe gas field supply except ERQ250 A Forward B Backward Sideways When loosening a flare nut always use two wrenches D Downward combination When connecting the piping always use a spanner
215. ing 217 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller ESiEN09 05 4 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller 41 Operation Lamp Blinks remote control Operation lamp blinks Display Applicable All models of AHUs Models Unified ON OFF controller Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Malfunction of transmission between optional controller and Causes Connector for setting master controller is disconnected Defect of unified ON OFF controller Defect of AHU PC board Malfunction of air conditioner 218 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller Troubleshooting sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Isa malfunction code YES displayed on remote Diagnose the cause with the control air conditioner s failure diagnosis manual once connected YES AHU been removed or its gt Reset power supply for all address changed optional controllers for centralized control simultaneously Is the power supply for the AHU displaying a Turn the power supply of the malfunction turned AHU on Is transmission wiring disconnected or wired incorrectly YES gt Fix the wiring correctly Is the group No of
216. ing H JT e x M T x L je e e Test Operation 107 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 Push the SET button and match with the LEDs No 1 15 push the RETURN button and confirm the data for each setting Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers the two ways of expressing are as follows The No 1 cool heat unified address is expressed as a binary number consisting of the lower 6 digits 0 63 164 1 8 2 In address is 010110 binary number which translates to 16 4 2 22 base 10 number In other words the address is 22 000 16 The number of terminal blocks for No 12 and 13 is expressed as an 8 digit binary number which is the combination of four upper and four lower digits for No 12 and 13 respectively 0 128 e000 In the address for No 12 is 0101 the address for No 13 is 4 1 0110 and the combination of the two is 01010110 binary No13 8 2 number which translates to 64 16 4 2 86 base 10 number In other words the number of terminal block is 86 64 No 12 128 32 See the preceding page for a list of data etc for No 0 25 108 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting 3 2 2 Cool Heat Mode Switching There are the following 2 cool heat switching modes Set cool heat separately for each
217. ion but that is not abnormal ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 137 5 Measure to be taken when operation finishes abnormally 1 Confirm the error code on the remote control 2 Correct what is abnormal See the installation manual and operation manual or contact your dealer 3 After the abnormality is corrected press the BS3 RETURN button and reset the error code 4 Start the unit again to confirm that the problem is properly solved 5 f no error code is indicated on the remote control it is possible to start operation after 5 minutes Error codes on the remote control Malfunction Installation error code Remedial action The stop valve of Open the stop valve on both the gas an outdoor unit is and liquid side left closed The stop valve of Open the stop valve on both the gas an outdoor unit is and liquid side left closed Insufficient Check if the additional refrigerant refrigerant F3 charge has been finished correctly Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant Refrigerant Recalculate the required amount of overcharge E3 refrigerant from the piping length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine Insufficient supply Check if the supply voltage is su
218. ion instructions Optional accessories remote control 1 NAME AND FUNCTION OF PARTS See figure 1 Parts and components 1 Outdoor unit 2 Control box 3 Air handling unit field supply 4 Field piping field supply 5 Expansion valve kit Wiring connections 6 Outdoor unit power supply 7 Control box wiring Power supply and communication between control box and outdoor unit Air handling unit thermistors Power supply and control wiring for air handling unit and controller power supply is separate from the outdoor unit 10 Air thermistor control for air handling unit 11 remote control BEFORE INSTALLATION Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit for details on refrigerant piping additional refrigerant charging and inter unit wiring A Since design pressure is 4 MPa or 40 bar pipes of larger wall thickness may be required Refer to paragraph Selection of piping material on page 76 Precautions for R410A The refrigerant requires strict cautions for keeping the system clean dry and tight Clean and dry Foreign materials including mineral oils or moisture should be prevented from getting mixed into the system Tight Read Piping installation on page 75 carefully and follow these procedures correctly Since R410A is a mixed refrigerant the required additional refrigerant must be charged in its liquid state If the refrigerant is in state of gas its composition c
219. ircuit breaker and switch wiring and wiring instructions Attach the earth leakage circuit breaker and fuse to the power supply line Connection of the wires inside the control box 1 Forconnection to outdoor unit and to controller field supply Pull the wires inside through the screw nut and close the nut firmly in order to ensure a good pull relieve and water protection 2 The cables require an additional pull relief Strap the cable with the installed tie wrap Precautions Thermistor cable and remote control wire should be located at least 50 mm away from power supply wires and from wires to the controller Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to electrical noise Use only specified wires and tightly connect wires to the terminals Keep wiring in neat order so that it does not obstruct other equipment Incomplete connections could result in overheating and in worse case electric shock or fire Installation and operation manual DAIKIN EKEQDCBV3 Option for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52446 1 Connecting the wiring Connect the wires to the terminal board according to the wiring diagram in figure 3 See figure 4 for wiring intake in the control box The wiring intake hole indication H1 refers to the H1 cable of the corresponding wiring diagram Connect cables
220. iring is correctly attached to terminals or it has shorted X2M F1 F2 TO IN D UNIT on the outdoor unit circuit board 88 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Test Operation 1 1 6 Confirmation on Normal Operation e Conduct normal unit operation after the check operation has been completed When outdoor air temperature is 24 CDB or higher the unit can not be operated with heating mode See the installation manual attached e Confirm that the AHU outdoor units can be operated normally When an abnormal noise due to liquid compression by the compressor can be heard stop the unit immediately and turn on the crankcase heater to heat up it sufficiently then start operation again e Operate AHU one by one to check that the corresponding outdoor unit operates e Confirm that the AHU discharges cold air or warm air Test Operation 89 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 1 2 Operation when Power is Turned On 1 2 1 When Turning On Power First Time The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address Status Outdoor unit AHU Test lamp Blinks Can also be set during operation described above If ON button is pushed during operation described above the UH malfunction indicator blinks Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete 1 2 2 When Turning On Power the Second Time and Subsequent Tap the RESET BS5 button on the outdoor unit PC boar
221. it main PC Board A1P V3064 Troubleshooting 181 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 3 16 E3 Outdoor Unit Actuation of High Pressure Switch Remote control cs Display Applicable ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Models Method of Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure protection switch opens Malfunction Detection Malfunction Error is generated when the HPS activation count reaches the number specific to the operation Decision mode Conditions Reference Operating pressure of high pressure switch Operating pressure 4 0MPa Reset pressure 3 0MPa Supposed m Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch Causes W Defect of High pressure switch W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P Instantaneous power failure Faulty high pressure sensor 182 Troubleshooting 51 9 05 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control Troubleshooting sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check for the points shown below Is the stop valve open 2 the HPS connector properly connected to the main PC board 3 Does the high pressure switch have continuity Are the three points above OK NO gt Rectify defective points if any Mount a pressure gauge on the high pressure service port Connect the Service Checker Reset
222. kQ A1P X12A 3 4Pin Main For heat exchanger R4T 3 5 360kQ X12A 5 6Pin Thermistor PCB For suction pipe 2 3 5 360kQ A1P X12A 7 8Pin heat R6T 3 5 360kQ X13A 1 2Pin For liquid pipe 1 R7T 3 5 360kQ A1P X13A 3 4Pin For liquid pipe 2 R8T 3 5 360kQ A1P X13A 5 6Pin Others Fuse A1P F1U 250 6 3A Time lag fuse 14 List of Electrical and Functional Parts ESiEN09 05 Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit 1 Refrigerant Circuit DLE 16 1 1 Outdoor uu L uu uuu A 16 2 Functional Parts Layout uuu uu uu 18 2 1 100 125 140 A7V1B ted bm diea 18 Refrigerant Circuit 15 Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 05 1 Refrigerant Circuit 1 1 Outdoor Unit ERQ 100 125 140 A7V1B No in refrigerant system Symbol Name Major Function diagram Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 36 Hz and 195 Hz by using A M1C Inverter compressor INV the inverter 31 steps D M1F Inverter fan Since the system is of air heat exchanging type the fan is operated at 8 step rotation M2F speed by using the inverter Y1E Electronic expansion valve While in heating operation PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree Main EV1 of air heat exchanger constant Electron
223. kers test operation Remote control Indicates TEST OPERATION on lower left V3057 On completion of test operation LED on outdoor unit PC board displays the following H3P ON Normal completion H2P ON Abnormal completion the AHU remote control abnormal display and correct it Test Operation 87 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Malfunction code In case of an alarm code displayed on remote control set a Nonconformity during installation Remedial action valve of an outdoor unit is left Open the gas side shutoff valve and the liquid side shutoff valve E3 Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping Refrigerant overcharge length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine ise valve of an outdoor unit is left Open the gas side shutoff valve and the liquid side shutoff valve 4 Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished correctly Insufficient refrigerant Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping Refrigerant overcharge length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine The shutoff valve of
224. kout 1 Pull out and insert the connecter once and check it is absolutely connected 2 Method to check transmission part of indoor PC board off the power and remove the connecter X70A of indoor PC board A1P Short circuit X70A After turning on the power check below numbers under local setting remote control Confirmation Setting position NO at the condition of setting switch No 21 on mode No 41 Determination 01 Normal Other than 01 Transmission defect indoor PC board After confirmation turn off the power take off the short circuit and connect X70A back to original condition Troubleshooting 173 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control 51 9 05 3 8 LH Malfunction of Thermistor 827 for Heat Exchanger Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger thermistor When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running Defect of thermistor R2T for liquid pipe W Defect of AHU PC board sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector is NO connected to 12 of the gt Connect the th
225. lay Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting FXMQ40 125P Detect malfunction checking the input voltage of fan motor When the input voltage of fan motor is 150V and below or 386V and above The possible causes are Power supply voltage malfunction Connection defect on signal line m m Wiring defect m Instantaneous blackout others Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Check the condition of the power source CD Check if power supply voltage is 220V 240V x 10 2 Check if there is power open phase or faulty wiring 3 Check if power supply voltage side unbalance is within 6V There are problems on the YES condition of power source described above enn Reoccurrence of YES gt Correct any fault malfunction gt Check and correct each wiring gt possible to have external factor such as brownout and instantaneous blackout 168 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 5 H3 Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y1E Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed C
226. ld piping does not touch the bolts or outer panels of the compressor When the outdoor unit is installed above the air handling unit the following can occur The condensated water on the stop valve can move to the air handling unit To avoid this please cover the stop valve with sealing material If the temperature is higher than 30 C and the humidity is higher than RH 80 then the thickness of the sealing materials should be at least 20 mm in order to avoid condensation on the surface of the sealing Be sure to insulate the liquid and gas side field piping and the refrigerant branch kit tz Any exposed piping may cause condensation or burns jf touched The highest temperature that the gas side piping can reach is around 120 C so be sure to use insulating material which is very resistant foes HV Die 1 gd 1 Compressor 3 Terminal cover 4 Indoor and outdoor field piping 4 Corking etc 5 5 Insulation material field supply H 3 5 PEN 6 Bolts 6 A Becareful with pipe jo pus 2 bolt and outer panel A connections 9 7 Leak test and vacuum drying The units were checked for leaks by the manufacturer See figure 6 and refer to Additional refrigerant charge on page 129 for nomenclature of the parts in figure 6 Confirm that the gas and liquid line stop valves are
227. ldthe _ gt 1 step on outdoorunitfanq _______ current step on lt q outdoor unit fan outdoor unit fan PI control Lapse of 20 sec Fan Steps Cooling M1F M2F STEPO 0 rpm 0 rpm STEP1 250rpm 0 rpm STEP2 400 rpm 0 rpm STEPS 285rpm 250rpm STEP4 360 rpm 325 rpm STEP5 445 rpm 410rpm steps 580mm 545mm STEP7 715rpm 680 rpm STEP8 850rpm 815rpm Function 25 Special Control 51 9 05 3 Special Control 3 1 Startup Control This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the compressor thus reducing startup loads Furthermore the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor In addition to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup the following control is made and the position of the four way valve is also determined To position the four way valve the master and slave units simultaneously start up 3 1 1 Startup Control in Cooling Operation Thermostat ON Pressure equalization control Startup control prior to startup STEP1 STEP2 57 Hz Unload Compressor 0 Hz 57 Hz Unload 2 steps 20 sec until Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa is achieved lt 20 1 step 15 sec when gt 2 16 Outdoor unit fan gt 20 1 step 15 sec when lt 1 77 Four
228. ly cable and then turn ON the power supply The system starts operation but makes an immediate stop Blocked air inlet or outlet of AHU or outdoor unit Remove obstacle s Clogged air filter s Clean the air filter s The system does not cool or heat air well In cooling In cooling In cooling Blocked air inlet or outlet of AHU or outdoor unit Remove obstacle s Clogged air filter s Clean the air filter s Enclosed outdoor unit s Remove the enclosure Improper set temperature Set the temperature to a proper degree Airflow rate set to LOW Set it to a proper airflow rate Improper direction of air diffusion Set it to a proper direction Open window s or door s Shut it tightly Direct sunlight received Hang curtains or shades on windows Too many persons staying ina room Too many heat sources e g OA equipment located in a room The system does not operate The system stops and immediately restarts operation Pressing the TEMP ADJUST button immediately resets the system If the OPERATION lamp on the remote control turns ON the system will be normal These symptoms indicate that the system is controlled so as not to put unreasonable loads on the system Normal operation The system will automatically start operation after a lapse of five minutes The system stops immediately after turning ON the po
229. m in all poles Never squeeze bundled cables into a unit Secure the electrical wiring with clamping material as shown in figure 9 so that it does not come in contact with the piping particularly on the high pressure side Make sure no external pressure is applied to the terminal connectors When installing the earth leakage breaker make sure that it is compatible with the inverter resistant to high frequency electrical noise to avoid unnecessary opening of the earth leakage breaker this unit is equipped with an inverter installing a phase advancing capacitor not only will deteriorate power factor improvement effect but also may cause capacitor abnormal heating accident due to high frequency waves Therefore never install a phase advancing capacitor Follow the electrical wiring diagram when carrying out any electrical wiring Always ground wires In accordance with national regulations of the pertinent country Do not connect the ground wire to gas pipes sewage pipes lightning rods or telephone ground wires Combustion gas pipes can explode or catch fire if there is gas leak Sewage pipes no grounding effect is possible if hard plastic piping is used Telephone ground wires and lightning rods dangerous when struck by lightning due to abnormal rise in electrical potential in the grounding This unit uses an inverter and therefore generates noise which will have to
230. make a water tight connection 5 Wrap electrical insulation tape around the connection 6 Puta pull relief in front of and behind the connection make connection waterproof the connection can also be made in a switch box or connector box The connection must be made on an accessible location The thermistor cable should be located at least 50 mm away from power supply wire Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to electrical noise REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK All field piping must be provided by a licensed refrigeration technician and must comply with the relevant local and national codes For refrigerant piping of outdoor unit refer to the installation manual supplied with the outdoor unit Follow the outdoor unit specifications for additional charging piping diameter and installation The maximum allowed piping length depends on the connected outdoor model TEST OPERATION Before executing test operation as well as before operating the unit you must check the following Refer to the section of For the following items take special during construction and check after installation is finished on page 60 gm After finishing the construction of refrigerant piping drain piping and electric wiring conduct test operation accordingly to protect the unit W Open gas side stop valve Open the liquid side stop valve Executing the t
231. manual with field supplied air handling units 79 4PW52447 1 INSTALLATION OF THERMISTORS Refrigerant thermistors Location of the thermistor A correct installation of the thermistors is required to ensure a good operation 1 Liquid R2T Install the thermistor behind the distributor on the coldest pass of the heat exchanger contact your heat exchanger dealer Gas R3T Install the thermistor at the outlet of the heat exchanger as close as possible to the heat exchanger Evaluation must be done to check if the air handling unit is protected against freeze up Execute test operation and check for freeze up 1 Liquid R2T Gas R3T Fixation of the thermistor Installation of the thermistor cable Put the thermistor cable in a separate protective tube Always add a pull relief to the thermistor cable to avoid strain on the thermistor cable and loosening of the thermistor Strain on the thermistor cable or loosening of the thermistor may result in bad contact and incorrect temperature measurement Put the thermistor wire slightly down to avoid water accumulation on top of the thermistor L J good contact between thermistor and air handling unit Put the top of the thermistors on the air handling unit this is the most sensitive point of the thermistor 1 Most sensitive point of the thermistor 2 Maximize the contact 1 Fix the thermistor with i
232. mber if possible and the installation date possibly listed on the warranty card 12 AFTER SALES SERVICE AND WARRANTY Warranty period This product includes a warranty card that was filled out by the dealer at the time of installation The completed card was checked by the customer and stored carefully to the air conditioner are necessary within the warranty period contact your dealer and keep the warranty card at hand 12 1 After sales service Recommendations for maintenance and inspection Since dust collects when using the unit for several years performance of the unit will deteriorate to some extent As taking apart and cleaning interiors of units requires technical expertise and in order to ensure the best possible maintenance of your units we recommend to enter into a maintenance and inspection contract on top of normal maintenance activities Our network of dealers has access to a permanent stock of essential components in order to keep your air conditioner in operation as long as possible Contact your dealer for more information When asking your dealer for an intervention always state the complete model name of the air conditioner the manufacturing number stated on the nameplate of the unit theinstallation date the symptoms or malfunction and details of the defect WARNING W Do not modify disassemble remove reinstall or repair the unit yourself as incorrect disman
233. metal BCuP which does not require a flux Great caution is needed when passing copper tubes through If a chlorine flux is used the piping will corrode and if walls ine contains chide f Wil coolant 2 9 B For handling of stop valves refer to 9 3 How to use the stop deteriorate adversely affecting the coolant piping E system valve on page 128 Do not use materials not compatible with copper Only use the flare nuts included with the unit Using different N a flare nuts may cause the refrigerant to leak Example Aluminium heat exchanger may be cause of corrosion DAIKIN Installation manual 126 ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 Always use the supplied copper gasket when connecting the gas pipe supplied with the unit See 9 Refrigerant piping on NOTE You must use a torque wrench but if you are obliged to page 127 install the unit without a torque wrench you may follow the installation method mentioned below 81 Cautions for brazing After the work is finished make sure to check that there is no gas leak gm Be sure to carry out a nitrogen blow when brazing When you keep on tightening the flare nut with a Brazing without carrying out nitrogen replacement or releasing spanner there is a point where the tightening torque nitrogen into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized suddenly
234. mistor Defect of remote control PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn power supply OFF then power ON again Is 54 displayed YES on the remote Replace remote control control NO External factor other than equipment malfunction for example noise etc V2787 In case of remote control thermistor malfunction unit is still operable by suction air thermistor on AHU Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P232 180 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 15 Ei Outdoor Unit PC Board Defect Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 125 200 A7V1 Check data from E7PROM When data could not be correctly received from the E PROM Type of nonvolatile memory Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is turned off W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Turn off the power once and turn on again Return to normal External factor other than malfunction for example noise etc me Replace the outdoor un
235. mit Upper limit C C 51 1 00 7 20 01 3 20 02 0 20 03 3 20 04 7 15 05 3 15 06 0 15 07 3 15 08 7 10 10 0 10 11 3 10 12 7 8 13 3 8 14 0 8 15 3 8 Test Operation 97 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 m Heating Upper amp lower limit of T can be chosen Mode n setting Setting switch n Setting position n Setting Lower limit Upper limit C CC 51 0 00 30 55 01 35 55 02 40 55 03 43 55 04 30 50 05 35 50 06 40 50 07 43 50 08 30 49 09 35 49 10 40 49 12 30 45 13 35 45 14 40 45 15 43 45 6 2 Y control Since there is no external input to change the T T value their values can only be changed by local setup by means of the Daikin remote control during installation Cooling Tg setting Heating T setting Mode n setting 23 13 Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 1 01 5 02 6 03 Te 7 C 05 Te 9 06 10 C 07 11 08 12 C 2 01 43 02 44 03 45 05 47 C 06 T 48 C 07 49 C 7 Renewal of Target Refrigerant Temperature X control When a level of the main pcb is updated the T T value of the outdoor is updated simultaneously otherwise the T T value remains constant When the DDC level remains c
236. n 6 Puta pull relief in front of and behind the connection To make the connection waterproof the connection can also be made in a switch box or connector box The connection must be made on an accessible location The thermistor cable should be located at least 50 mm away from power supply wire Not following this guideline may result in malfunction due to electrical noise REFRIGERANT PIPING WORK All field piping must be provided by a licensed refrigeration technician and must comply with the relevant local and national codes In case of poor distribution in the air handling unit 1 or more passes of the air handling unit may freeze up collect ice put the thermistor R2T this position A Depending on operation conditions e g outdoor ambient temperature it is possible that the settings must be changed after commissioning OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE If T1 T2 is applicable Closing the T1 T2 signal starts operation of the air handling unit Opening the T1 T2 signal stops operation of the air handling unit Before initiating operation contact your dealer to get WHAT TO DO BEFORE OPERATION the operation manual that corresponds to your system Refer to the dedicated manual of the controller field supply and air handling unit field supply sure that the air handling unit fan is ON when the outdoor unit is in normal operation
237. n higher refrigerant temperature is needed 0 5 V AT 0 5 10 Controller voltage output EKEQFCB m Capacity increase area Capacity decrease area Voltage output linear function with AT AT actual measured temperature target temperature When AT 0 the target temperature is reached ATmax maximum temperature variation as defined by installation Recommended value for AT max 1 C 5 C AT C Voltage output from controller field supply 0v 5V 10V The evaporating temperature T condensing temperature at which the application has to operate can be set by code numbers as listed below Description of setting 01 3 C 02 Te 4C 03 Te 5 04 6 C factory setting 13 23 1 m T C 06 8 C 07 Te 7 08 Te 10 C 01 43 C 02 44 C 03 45 13 23 2 04 46 C factory setting 05 Tc 47 C 06 T 48 C 07 49 C Depending on the operating temperature condition or on selection of the air handling unit operation or safety activation of the outdoor unit may take priority and actual T T will be different from the set Operation setting in case of power failure Measures must be taken to ensure that after power failure T1 T2 is according to the setting of your preference Neglecting this
238. n is generated 4 times the system shuts down Supposed Malfunction of fan motor Causes The harness connector between fan motor and PC board is left in disconnected or faulty connector W Fan does not run due to foreign matters tangled W Clearing condition Operate for 5 minutes normal W Open phase L1 or open phase N Troubleshooting N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Has the voltage between L1 and N on the power supply terminal board X1M fallen within the range of 220 to Hz NO gt Correct the power supply voltage If L1 and N phases open replace the switch box Connector of fan YES motor is disconnected gt Connect the connector NO Is there any obstacle TES gt Remove the obstacle around the fan Can the fan be turned smoothly with hand after disconnect the Has either the fuse 4 on the control PC board ATP or the fuse F1U on the inverter PC board A2P blown out YES If the F4U has blown out replace the fuse If the F1U has blown out replace the inverter PC board assy Check No 3 Check on connector of fan motor Refer to information on P 225 Replace the fan motor Has either the fuse on the control PC board ATP or the fuse F1U on the inverter PC board A2P blown out Are the r
239. n is not conducted in certain period Malfunction of connection between the inverter microcomputer and outdoor control microcomputer Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P External factor Noise etc Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Are the inverter PC board and the control PC board used in combination of types listed in Table 1 YES Was the inverter PC board or the control PC board replaced Correct the combination following Table 1 and then restart operation Are the connectors of the inverter PC board NO and the control PC board gt Connect a connecting wire and securely then restart operation connected YES Are there any broken wires in the connectors of the YES inverter PC board and the control PC board gt Repair the broken wires and then restart operation NO gt Replace the inverter PC board A2P or the control PC board A1P Table 1 Combination of PC boards Type of control Type of inverter PC board PC board RXYSQ4PA7Y1B EC0640 1 PC0625 1 RXYSQ5PA7Y1B RXYSQ6PA7Y1B Troubleshooting 205 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control 51 9 05 3 37 Outdoor Unit High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection
240. n on A1P again Resistance is normal when measured after NO disconnecting the thermistor gt Replace the thermistor R17 R1T from the outdoor unit PC board 3 5kQ to 360kQ YES gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3070 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P232 192 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 3 24 J3 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R2T Remote control 3 Display Applicable 125 200 7 1 Models Method of Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature Malfunction thermistor Detection Malfunction When a short circuit or an open circuit in the discharge pipe temperature thermistor is detected Decision Conditions Supposed Defect of thermistor R2T for outdoor unit discharge pipe Causes Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Connector is connected to 12 of outdoor unit PC board A1P Connect the thermistor and turn on again Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor R2T from the outdoor unit PC board 5 0kQ 640kQ NO gt Replace the thermistor R2T
241. n sealing pad Make sure there is no gap 9 3 How to use the stop valve Use hexagonal wrenches 4 mm and 6 mm Opening the valve 1 Place the hex wrench on the valve bar and turn counter clockwise 2 Stop when the valve bar no longer turns It is now open Closing the valve 1 Place the hex wrench on the valve bar and turn clockwise 2 Stop when the valve bar no longer turns It is now closed Closing direction Liquid side Gas side 5 S D 94 Cautions for handling the valve cover B valve cover is sealed where indicated by the arrow Take care not to damage it N After operating the valve be sure to tighten the valve cover properly Liquid pipe 13 5 16 5 Gas pipe 22 5 27 5 Nem Check for refrigerant leakage after tightening the cap 9 5 Cautions for handling service port After the work tighten the valve cover in place Tightening torque 11 5 13 9 Nem DAIKIN Installation manual 128 ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 9 6 Precautions when connecting field piping and regarding insulation Be careful not to let the air handling and outdoor branch piping come into contact with the compressor terminal cover If the liquid side piping insulation might come into contact with it adjust the height as shown in the figure below Also make sure the fie
242. n tools gauge manifold charge hose etc that are exclusively used for R410A installations ere O lt Ls 1 2H 250 to withstand the pressure and to prevent foreign materials E 1 2 lt 1 lt H 300 e g mineral oils and moisture mixing into the system Tem Vacuum pump H lt L Installation impossible Use a 2 stage vacuum pump with a non return valve Make sure the pump oil does not flow oppositely into the system while the pump is not working 7 REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZE AND ALLOWABLE Use a vacuum pump which evacuate to 100 7 kPa PIPE LENGTH 5 Torr 755 mm Hg order to prevent dirt liquid or dust from entering the piping cure the piping with a pinch or taping All field piping must be installed by licensed refrigeration ping technician and must comply with relevant local and national regulations LJ TED Cg To persons in charge of piping work sure to open the stop after piping installing and vacuuming is complete Running the system with the valve closed may break the compressor Installation period Protection method t is forbidden to discharge refrigerant into the More than a month Pinch the pipe atmosphere Collect the refrigerant in accordance with TA Less thara month the freon collection and destruction law Pinch or tape the not use flux when brazing the refrigerant piping i For brazing use phosphor copper brazing filler
243. nce 1 MPa 10 19716 kgf cm 24 HFC 32 125 50 50 wt 57 A TESTTEN 9 gt Ww SN m 2 212 29 h D 5555 a 10 0 ls vs gigs 5 0 T posi DEL 2 0 4 2 g 1 0 Ae acme gt ava Et PAR 9 1 fea ge Y L 0 2 0 1 i i 0 05 dis dE DD f K LL 22 PF 0 02 Es HT 5 b pae L Aue os i 44 c 0 005 X Ep 50 400 450 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 7 Pressure Enthalpy curves of HFC 32 125 50 50 wt 238 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A ESiEN09 05 Precautions for New Refrigerant R 410A Thermodynamic characteristic of R 410A DAIREP ver2 0 Temperature Steam pressure Density Specific heat at constant Specific enthalpy Specific entropy C kPa kg ms pressure kJ kgK kJ kg KJ KgK Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor 36 13 40 83 46 02 51 7
244. nd Where acidic or alkaline vapour is present wiring the power supply form the wires so that the frontside panel can be securely fastened Do not touch any refrigerant which has leaked out of refrigerant If the frontside panel is not in place overheat of the terminals piping connections electric shocks or a fire may be caused This may result in frostbite siIf refrigerant gas leaks during installation work ventilate the area Do NOT connect the system to DIII net devices immediately touch Toxic gas may be produced if refrigerant gas comes into contact a Intelligent Controller with fire Bi intelligentManager L the work check to make sure DMS F there is no leakage of refrigerant gas Toxic gas may be produced if refrigerant gas leaks into the room m BACnet Gateway and comes into contact with a source of fire such as a fan B heater stove or cooker This could result in malfunction or breakdown of the total Before touching electric terminal parts turn off power switch system Caution Ground the air conditioner 2 INTRODUCTION Grounding resistance should be according to national regulations Do not connect the earth wire to gas or water pipes 21 Combination lightning conductor or telephone earth wire Incomplete grounding may cause electric shocks The air handling units can be installed in the following range Gas pipe Always use appropriate air handling u
245. nd make sure that it has been carried out according to the instructions described in this manual according to the wiring diagrams and according to local and national regulations 4 Pipe sizes and pipe insulation Make sure that correct pipe sizes are installed and that the insulation work is properly executed 5 Additional refrigerant charge The amount of refrigerant to be added to the unit should be written on the included Added Refrigerant plate and attached to the rear side of the front cover 6 Insulation test of the main power circuit Using a megatester for 500 V check that the insulation resistance of 2 or more is attained by applying a voltage of 500 V DC between power terminals and earth Never use the megatester for the transmission wiring 7 Stop valves Be sure that the stop valves are open on both liquid and gas side 8 Drain pipe installation Make sure that the drain piping is installed properly 12 3 Field setting If required carry out any field setting according to the following instructions Refer to the service manual for more details Handling the switches When carrying out field settings operate the Switches with an insulated stick such as a ball point to avoid touching of live parts ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 135 Location of the DIP switches leds and buttons 1 Led H1P H8P 1 2 Push button switches BS1 BS5
246. nd the air conditioner may not operate 7 OPERATION PROCEDURE Operation procedure varies according to the combination of outdoor unit and remote control Read 3 What to do before operation on page 143 To protect the unit turn on the main power switch 6 hours before operation main power supply is turned off during operation operation will restart automatically after the power turns back on again Refer to the manual supplied with the control box for operation and functionality Refer to the manual supplied with the remote control for operation and functionality 7 1 Cooling heating and fan only operation See figure 4 and figure 6 The fan may keep on running for a while after the heating operation stops For systems with Daikin remote control and without cool heat changeover remote control switch See figure 4 1 Press the operation mode selector button several times and select the operation mode of your choice Cooling operation Heating operation Fan only operation 2 Press the on off button The operation lamp lights up and the system starts operation For systems with cool heat changeover remote control switch 1 Select operation mode with the cool heat changeover remote control switch as follows 58 E Heating operation figure 7 Cooling operation figure 6 Fan only operation figure 8 2 Press the on off button or close T1 T2 Th
247. nds and set to Cool heat unified address Sets address for cool heat unified operation Low noise demand Setting mode 2 2 address Address for low noise demand operation Used to conduct test operation without making changes 3 oe eon to the PCB and replacing the refrigerant after the g completion of maintenance 5 AHU forced fan H Allows forced operation of AHU fan while unit is stopped Hta lt Selection of setting items gt AHU forced p Push the SET BS2 button and set 6 operation Allows forced operation of AHU the LED display to a setting item Defrost changeover Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to shown in table on the right setting quick defrost or slow defrost External low noise Push the RETURN BS3 button ang 12 setting Demand Reception of external low noise or demand signal decide the item The present setting setting condition is blinked 13 AIRNET address Set address for AIRNET Additional 20 refrigerant charge Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation operation setting Refrigerant 21 pee g mode Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode setting Selection of setting conditions Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple 22 Night time low way Push the SET 852 button and set noise setting The operating time is base
248. nections could result in 6 Optional PCB KRP4 overheating and in worse case electric shock or fire Mechanical installation 1 Fix the control box with its hanger brackets to the mounting surface Use 4 screws for holes of 6 mm 2 Open the lid of the control box 3 For electrical wiring refer to paragraph Electric wiring work on page 78 4 Install the screw nuts 5 Close the unnecessary openings with stoppers closing cups 6 Close the lid securely after installation to ensure that the control box is watertight ELECTRIC WIRING WORK field supplied parts and materials and electric works must be conform to local codes Use copper wire only wiring must be performed by an authorized electrician A main switch or other means for disconnection having a contact separation in all poles must be incorporated in the fixed wiring in accordance with relevant local and national legislation Refer to the installation manual attached to the outdoor unit for the size of power supply electric wire connected to the outdoor unit the capacity of the circuit breaker and switch wiring and wiring instructions Attach the earth leakage circuit breaker and fuse to the power supply line Connection of the wires inside the control box 1 Forconnection to outdoor unit and to controller field supply Pull the wires inside through the screw nut and close the nut firmly in order to ensure a good pull relieve and water protection 2 Th
249. nit Inverter Current 203 3 35 49 Outdoor Unit Inverter Start up 2 2 04 204 3 36 LC Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and Control PC 205 3 37 Outdoor Unit High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit 206 3 38 UU Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or Electronic Expansion Valve 207 3 39 Ue Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure 209 3 40 U3 Check Operation not 4 2 0 2 9 0 211 3 41 Malfunction of Transmission between AHUs and Outdoor Units 212 3 42 US Malfunction of Transmission between remote control and AHU 214 Table of Contents 51 9 05 3 43 UR Excessive Number of AHUS essit tritt etd uiris 215 3 44 System IS not Set VOU etus rdnr Ra 216 3 45 UH Malfunction of System Refrigerant System Address Undefined 217 4 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller 218 4 1 Operation Lamp 218 42 Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Blinks Repeats Single Bi axis
250. nit Fan Motor 187 3 20 ES Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion Valve Y TE 188 3 21 F3 Outdoor Unit Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature 190 3 22 Outdoor Unit Refrigerant 191 3 23 H9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Outdoor Air 192 3 24 J3 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor R2T 193 3 25 J5 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R3T R5T for Suction 1 2 1 u u uu ate dant acean sex terna e Resa eve E uua 194 3 26 JE Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R6T 195 3 27 J Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor R7T for Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe 196 3 28 J9 Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Thermistor RAT 197 3 29 JA Outdoor Unit Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor 198 3 30 J Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor 199 3 31 LP Outdoor Unit Malfunction of PC Board 200 3 32 LV Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise 201 3 33 45 Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Abnormal 202 3 34 48 Outdoor U
251. nits compatible with Ignition or explosion may occur if the gas leaks RATUA 9 9 To learn which models of air handling units are compatible with WB Water pipe R410A refer to the product catalogs Hard vinyl tubes are not effective grounds The manufacturer of this outdoor unit has limited responsibility Lightning conductor or telephone ground wire for total capacity of the system because performance is Electric potential may rise abnormally if struck by a lightning determined by the total system The discharge air may fluctuate bolt depending on selected air handling unit and depending on the Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker 22 Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may cause electric Both air handling unit and digital controller software shocks or fire hardware are field supply and are to be selected by the installer Refer to the manual Option kit for combination of Daikin Install drain piping according to this installation manual to ensure I condensing units with field supplied evaporators for more good drainage and insulate the pipe to prevent condensation details PPM may cause water and make the Recommended temperature setting on the field supplied 9 controller is between 16 C and 25 C Install the air handling and outdoor units power wire and connecting wire at least 1 meter away from televisions or radios to prev
252. nsulating aluminum tape field supply in order to ensure a good heat transference 2 S 2 Put the supplied piece of rubber around the thermistor R2T R3T in order to avoid loosening of the thermistor after some years Air thermistor The air thermistor R1T can be installed either in the room that needs temperature control or in the suction area of the air handling unit NOTE For room temperature control the delivered thermistor 4 R1T can be replaced by an optional remote sensor kit G KRCS01 1 A to be ordered separately Installation and operation manual EKEQMCBV3 DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 Installation of longer thermistor cable R1T R2T R3T The thermistor is supplied with a standard cable of 2 5 m This cable can be made longer to up to 20 m Install the longer thermistor cable with the delivered wire to wire splices 1 Cut the wire or bundle the remainder of the thermistor cable Keep at least 1 m of the original thermistor cable Do not bundle the cable inside the control box 2 Strip the wire 7 mm at both ends and insert these ends into the wire to wire splice 3 Pinch the splice with the correct crimp tool pliers 4 After connection heat up the shrink insulation of the wire to wire splice with a shrink heater to make a water tight connection 5 Wrap electrical insulation tape around the connectio
253. ntact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external control adapter optional DTA104 you can lower operating noise Be aware that this setting may cause a slight capacity drop When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night The external control adapter for outdoor unit is not required 1 While in Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e Mode 1 Mode 2 or Mode 3 for set item No 22 Setting of nighttime low noise level 2 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e 20 00 22 00 24 00 for set item No 26 Setting of start time of nighttime low noise operation Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures 3 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 select the setting condition i e 06 00 07 00 or 08 00 for set item No 27 Setting of end time of nighttime low noise operation Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures 4 If necessary while in Setting mode 2 set the setting condition for set item 29 Setting of capacity precedence to ON If the condition is set to ON when the air conditioning load reaches a high level the system will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime Image of operation Operation sound Rated operation If capacity precedence is set in Capacity precedence setting the fan speed
254. ntrol 6 1 Thermostat Sensor in remote control only for Z control Temperature is controlled by both the thermostat sensor in remote control and air suction thermostat in the AHU This is however limited to when the field setting for the thermostat sensor in remote control is set to Use Cooling If there is a significant difference in the preset temperature and the suction temperature fine adjustment control is carried out using a body thermostat sensor or using the sensor in the remote control near the position of the user when the suction temperature is near the preset temperature Preset temperature Ts 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Suction temperature TH1 Range in which thermostat sensor Range in which body thermostat _ Differential 444444 in remote controller can be used sensor can be used VG003 Ex When cooling Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24 C and the suction temperature has changed from 18 C to 30 C A F Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18 C to 23 C A C remote control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23 to 27 C C gt E Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 27 C to 30 C E F And assuming suction temperature has changed from 30 C to 18 C F Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 30 C to 25 C gt D remote control thermostat sensor is used
255. ntrol of the air handling unit selected as the master unit In that remote control CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL disappears That remote control will control changeover of the cooling heating operation mode 12 6 Temperature adjustment operation confirmation After the test run is over operate the unit normally Heating is not possible if the outdoor temperature is 24 C or higher Make sure the air handling and outdoor units are operating normally If a knocking sound can be heard in the liquid compression of the compressor stop the unit immediately and then energize the heater for a sufficient length of time before restarting the operation Check to see if cold or hot air is coming out of the air handling unit Cautions for normal operation check Once stopping the compressor will not restart in about 5 minutes even if the Run Stop button of an air handling unit in the same system is pressed When the system operation is stopped by the remote control the outdoor units may continue operating for a further 1 minute maximum gm After the test run when handling the unit over to the customer make sure the electric box lid the service lid and the unit casing are all attached properly 13 SERVICE MODE OPERATION After turning on the power supply the unit can not be started until the H2P initialisation led indicating that the unit is still under preparation goes off maximum 12 minutes Vacuumin
256. o air handling unit 3 Valve kit 4 Liquid pipe 5 Gas pipe A 5 5 L 5 Below or above the valve kit L is to be considered as a part of the total maximum piping length See installation manual of the outdoor unit for piping installation EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 75 Piping connections Cautions for brazing Make sure to install gas and liquid pipe diameters in function of the Be sure to carry out a nitrogen blow when brazing air handling unit capacity class Brazing without carrying out nitrogen replacement or releasing nitrogen into the piping will create large quantities of oxidized PM film the inside of the pipes adversely affecting valves and nanding cass PP compressors in the refrigerating system and preventing normal 50 12 7 6 4 operation 63 B When brazing while inserting nitrogen into the piping nitrogen 80 must be set to 0 02 MPa with a pressure reducing valve just 100 0159 enough so that it can felt on the skin 125 09 52 1 2 3 140 200 019 1 250 022 2 lt 6 Selection of piping material 1 Refrigerant piping 1 Foreign materials inside pipes including oils for fabrication 2 P
257. o use the specified parts may result in water leakage electric shocks fire or the unit falling Install the air conditioner a foundation that can withstand its weight Insufficient strength may result in the fall of equipment and causing injury Carry out the specified installation work in consideration of strong winds typhoons or earthquakes Improper installation work may result in accidents due to fall of equipment DAIKIN ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 Installation manual 121 Make certain that all electrical work is carried out by qualified Where flammable gases may leak where carbon fiber or personnel according to the local laws and regulations and this ignitable dust is suspended in the air or where volatile installation manual using a separate circuit flammables such as thinner or gasoline are handled Insufficient capacity of the power supply circuit or improper Such gases may cause a fire electrical construction may ladito Where the air contains high levels of salt such as that near Make sure that all wiring is secure using the specified wires and 6 the ocean ensuring that external forces do not act on the terminal connections or wires Where voltage fluctuates a lot such as that in factories Incomplete connection or fixing may cause a fire In vehicles or vessels When wiring between the air handling units and control box a
258. of the drain plug Drain socket Drain cap Drain receiver Insulation tape A B D E Drain stop 6 INSTALLATION SERVICING SPACE The connection piping outlet direction in the installation shown in figure 4 is frontward or downward The unit of numeric values is mm When routing the piping backward secure space of gt 250 mm on the right side of the unit A In case of non stacked installation See figure 4 1 In these cases close the bottom of the installation frame to prevent the discharged air from being bypassed 4 Suction side obstacle Discharge side obstacle 2 In these cases only 2 Left side obstacle units can be installed In these cases no 3 lt Right side obstacle restriction of height L1 7 side obstacle gt lt PM sol Obstacle is present B In case of stacked installation 1 In case obstacles exist in front of the outlet side 2 ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 125 7 1 Selection of piping material NOTE Do not stack more than one unit 4 About 100 mm is required as the dimension Foreign materials inside pipes including oils for fabrication for laying the upper outdoor unit s drain pipe must be lt 30 mg 10 m the portion A sealed so that air from the Construction material p
259. of vacuum break and vacuum drying Then after leaving the system in vacuum for 1 hour confirm that the vacuum gauge does not rise 10 ADDITIONAL REFRIGERANT CHARGE Refrigerant cannot be charged until field wiring has been completed Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the leak test and the vacuum drying see above When charging a system care shall be taken that its maximum permissible charge is never exceeded in view of the danger of liquid hammer Charging with an unsuitable substance may cause explosions and accidents so always ensure that the appropriate refrigerant R410A is charged gm Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly Always use protective gloves and protect your eyes when charging refrigerant When performing service on the unit requiring the refrigerant system to be opened refrigerant must be evacuated according to local regulations When the power is on please close the front panel when leaving the unit A ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 129 See figure 6 Pressure reducing valve Nitrogen Tank Siphon system Measuring instrument Vacuum pomp Valve A Gas line stop valve O O WON a Outdoor unit Liquid line stop valve Air handling unit N Stop valve service port 13 Charge hose To avoid compressor breakdown Do not charge the ref
260. on Between PC Board and Fan PC Board Remote control _ Display Applicable FXMQ40 125P Models Method of Check the condition of transmission between indoor PC board A1P and PC board for fan Malfunction A2P using computer Detection Malfunction When normal transmission is not conducted for certain duration Decision Conditions Supposed Connection defect of the connecter between indoor PC board A1P and PC board for fan Causes A2P m Malfunction of indoor PC board A1P Malfunction of PC board for fan A2P External factor such as instantaneous blackout 172 Troubleshooting 51 9 05 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred ls the connector between indoor PC board NO and PC board for fan A2P gt Connect the connector accurately connected accurately y YES Confirm the condition of transmission on indoor PC board using local installation mode 2 Under above local installation mode installation position is ey m ut Replace indoor PC board A1P Connect the connecter X70A and turn on the power again Malfunction breaks out YES Replace PC board for fan A2P gt Connect it and operate It is possible to have a cause such as instantaneous blac
261. on cycle or repairs Air filter 5 years High efficiency filter Optional 1 year 1 year Fuse 10 years Crankcase heater 8 years NOTE 1 Table 2 indicates main components Refer to your maintenance and inspection contract for more details 2 Table 2 indicates recommended intervals replacement cycles However in order to keep the unit operational as long as possible maintenance work may be required sooner Recommended intervals can used appropriate maintenance design in terms of budgetting maintenance and inspection fees Contact your dealer for details NOTE Damage due to taking apart or cleaning interiors of A units by anyone other than our authorised dealers may not be included in the warranty W Moving and discarding the unit Contact your dealer for removing and reinstalling the total unit Moving units requires technical expertise W This unit uses hydrofluorocarbon Contact your dealer when discarding this unit It is required by law to collect transport and discard the refrigerant in accordance with the hydrofluorocarbon collection and destruction regulations Operation manual DAIKIN ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B 148 Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 ESiEN09 05 Part 9 Troubleshooting 1 Symptom based Troubleshooting 8 151 2 Troubleshooting by remote 154 2 1 The INSPECTION TEST
262. on unidades de tratamiento de aire suministradas Manuale di installazione e d uso Kit opzioni per la combinazione di unit di condensazione Daikin con per il trattamento dell aria non in dotazione Manual de instala o e de funcionamento Kit de para de unidades de Daikin com unidades de tratamento de ar existentes no local Daikin Instrukcja montazu i instrukcja obstugi Zestawy opcji dla agregat w skraplajacych EKEQMCBV3 w konfiguracji z centralami klimatyzacyjnymi dostarczanymi osobno English Deutsch Francais Nederlands Espanol Italiano Portugues polski gt Je lt gt lt 2 H3 H5 H5 H6 H7 H8 NOTES DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units EKEQMCBV3 CONTENTS Page 73 Before InstallatlO t tek 73
263. onal controllers for centralized control simultaneously Disconnect the connector for setting master control from the master controller connect to another optional controller for centralized control and simultaneously reset all optional controllers for centralized control again The controller connected by the connector for setting master control when the malfunction is cleared is defective and must be replaced V2843 222 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller 4 3 Display Under Host Computer Integrate Control Blinks Repeats Double Blink remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting under host computer integrated control Repeats double blink Unified ON OFF controller Central control address group No is not set for AHU Improper address setting Improper wiring of transmission wiring N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the central control NO address group set for the AHU YES Is the switch NO gt Set by remote control the central control address for all indoor units connected to the central control line for setting each address set correctly Is the transmission Y
264. onnecting wires inside the unit wrap them along with the on site refrigerant pipes using finishing tape as shown in figure 13 Liquid pipe Gas pipe Interconnecting wiring Insulator Finishing tape For the above wiring always use vinyl cords with 0 75 to 1 25 mm sheath or cables 2 core wires 3 core wire cables are allowable for the cooler heater changeover remote control only DAIKIN Installation manual 134 ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 12 BEFORE OPERATION 12 1 Service precautions WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK A Caution when performing service to inverter equipment Do not touch live parts 10 minutes after the power supply is turned off because of high voltage risk H Additionally measure the points as shown in the figure with a tester and confirm that the voltage of the capacitor in the main circuit is no more than 50 V DC Make sure that the power supply is turned off before performing the maintenance work The heater of the compressor may operate even in stop mode Please note that some sections of the electric component box are extremely hot In order to prevent damage to the PCB first eliminate static electricity by touching a metal part e g stop valve with your hand Then pull out the connector After measuring the residual voltage pull out the outdoor fan connector Make sure you do not touch a conductiv
265. ons Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models m Actuation of external protection device W Improper field set W Defect of AHU PC board sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occured External protection device is connected to terminals T1 YES and T2 of the AHU terminal block ON OFF input from outside mode No 12 first code No 1 has YES gt Actuation of external protection device been set to external protection device input second code No 03 by remote control gt Change the second code No to 01 or 02 Indoor unit PC board replacement V2776 Troubleshooting 165 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 3 2 PC Board Defect Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 4 All AHU models Check data from E7PROM When data could not be correctly received from the E PROM Type of nonvolatile memory Maintains memory contents even when the power supply is turned off m Defect of PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occured Turn power supply OFF
266. ons for stopping freeze prevention Temperature is 7 C or more for 10 min continuously Ex Case where temperature is 5 or less for total of 10 min 10 min 7 0 i 5 Freeze prevention operation Forced OFF thermostat VG005 40 Function ESiEN09 05 Outline of Control 6 3 Hot Start Control In Heating Operation Only At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation the AHU fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity Detail of operation During hot start fan on is carried out when Tc is A C or after B minutes see Field Setting Function 41 Outline of Control ESiEN09 05 42 Function ESiEN09 05 Part 6 Control Box EKEQ CBV3 1 Different Systems with their Control Boxes 44 11 System A PA IRuuu u t 44 1 2 System MUL T Q uy au ub 46 2 X 0 49 2 1 X Contro E E A 49 2 2 Y9GODlIOl etse aer e a d EORR Ced eer iii 50 2 9 2 isse rie t dedero taut ut ep Era ER Ew esp Foo pr UR d du 51 3 Wiring Diagram of Control BOX 52 DADO a EE 52 2 2 F D0X2 uuu
267. ons with low indoor humidity conditions such as Electronic Data Processing rooms This appliance is not intended for use by persons including children with reduced physical sensory or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 73 INSTALLATION H For installation of the air handling unit refer to the air handling unit installation manual Never operate the air conditioner with the discharge pipe thermistor R3T suction pipe thermistor R2T and pressure sensors 1 S1NPL removed Such operation may burn out the compressor The equipment is not intended for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere ACCESSORIES Thermistor R1T um 1 Thermistor R3T R2T gud 2 2 5 m cable Insulation sheet 2 Rubber sheet 2 Wire to wire splice 6 Installation and operation manual Screw nut Oy 9 Tie wrap ey 6 Capacity setting adapter Stopper closing cup Obligatory accessory Expansion valve kit EKEXV Refer to chapter Valve kit installation for installat
268. onstant for A seconds a level update is executed in the main pcb Mode n setting Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 20 10 4 02 120 sec 03 A 180 sec 04 A 240 sec 98 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting 3 1 5 Setting of Operation Control Mode from remote control Local Setting The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting the functions of the operation remote control Furthermore operations such as remote control ON OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions Test Operation 99 Field Setting ESiEN09 05 3 2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit 3 2 1 Setting by Dip Switches The following field settings are made by dip switches on PC board Dipswitch w m Setting item Description No Setting ON Cool Heat Used to set cool heat change over setting by remote DS1 1 change over OFF Factory set setting control equipped with outdoor unit Note 1 ON DS1 2 Not used Do not change the factory settings OFF Factory set D box cool heat selection by remote control F box no remote control gt cool heat selection through ABC contact Cool heat selector connection procedure Set the remote control only when changing over the operation mode between cooling and heating using the remote control installe
269. ontrol 33 High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit 206 GI 172 2 tetas hw nated 174 p uu s 175 Inverter Compressor Abnormal 202 H 176 Inverter Compressor Motor Lock 186 a E 177 Inverter Current Abnormal 203 178 Inverter Protection Control 36 M 179 Inverter Start up Error eee 204 Check for causes of drop in low pressure 225 Check for causes of rise in high pressure 224 J Check Operation ante Silat IRURE EET 87 193 Operation not Executed 211 15 194 GJ 180 46 195 Compressor PI Control 24 c 196 Contents of Control Modes 99 2 197 Cool Heat Mode Switching 109 198 Cooling Operation Fan Control 25 do 199 D L Defrosting Operation MEET RP 29 ee e 200 Operation ERE 37
270. oo ISIRIR agg n 5 5 380 q peuinbei q lt 100 9911195 lt 9240343 uonoeuuoo 3 H 23 L4 seuil 2 2 aed 10 5 3 H 99 Ionuoo JO4JUOD JO UO aq uo Bulpuadap sedA Z ed amp jonuoo 5 RT yun Bursuepuoo Ajuo uoneordde uo eq or jue aJd prenons NHV g0goz n O94033 uo puedep Ajddns k 6 3 ZHOS A0EZ L BS Ajddns gt Ajuo uoneoidde edid pinbr edid pinbi1 WM edid seo AXI OF V dH 99 2 09 062 Ajddns 45 Control Box Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 05 Allowable lengths and heights System A A E Control Box ERQ D F type F DDC Allowable height AHU lt 5m Total system lt 30 m EXV kit outdoor unit can be above or below the AHU outdoor Piping Communication A B 100 ie 125 length 5 lt A lt 50m length lt 5m lt 100m lt 20m lt 20m 140 1 2 System B MULTI
271. or unit operation Ensure that the air handling unit fan keeps operating In these cases contact your dealer MAINTENANCE m Only a qualified service person is allowed to perform maintenance Before obtaining access to terminal devices all power supply circuits must be interrupted Water or detergent may deteriorate the insulation of electronic components and result in burn out of these components DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Dismantling of the unit treatment of the refrigerant of oil and of other parts must be done in accordance with relevant local and national legislation Installation and operation manual DAIKIN Option for combination of condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 ESiEN09 05 Part 7 Test Operation 1 Test Operation u UU EE 84 Tal Procedure and uu 84 1 2 Operation when Power is Turned 90 2 Outdoor Unit PC Board Layoutl 91 32 Field 92 31 Field Setting from remote control U u a asss 92 3 2 Field Setting from Outdoor 222 4 4 222 11 21 1 4 100 Test Operation 83 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 1 Test Operation 1 1 Procedure and Outline Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after install
272. orrect selected capacity setting adapter to X24A A1P See figure 3 Capacity Capacity setting adapter setting adapter label label EKEXV kit indication EKEXV kit indication 50 J56 125 J140 63 J71 140 J160 80 J90 200 J224 100 J112 250 J280 For the following items take special care during construction and check after installation is finished SELECTING THE INSTALLATION SITE This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Select an installation site where the following conditions are fulfilled and that meets your customer s approval The option boxes expansion valve and electrical control box can be installed inside and outside Do not install the option boxes in or on the outdoor unit Do not put the option boxes in direct sunlight Direct sunlight will increase the temperature inside the option boxes and may reduce its lifetime and influence its operation Choose a flat and strong mounting surface Operating temperature of the control box is between 10 C and 40 C Keep the space in front of the boxes free for future maintenance Keep air handling unit power supply wiring and transmission wiring at least 1 m away from televisions and radios This is to prevent image interference and noise in those electrical a
273. ote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Check operation is executed or not Malfunction is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation W Check operation is not executed Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Has the check operation performed on NO gt Press the BS4 PC board the be master outdoor unit for 5 seconds more to execute check YES operation gt Replace the main PC board on the outdoor unit V3052 Troubleshooting 211 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 3 41 Malfunction of Transmission between AHUs and Outdoor Units Remote control Display Applicable All AHU models Models ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Method of Microcomputer checks if transmission between AHUs and outdoor units is normal Malfunction Detection Malfunction When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time Decision Conditions Supposed Indoor to outdoor outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F2 disconnection short circuit Causes or wrong wiring Outdoor unit power supply is OFF System address doesn t match Defect of outdoor unit PC board Defect
274. ote control PC board or setting during control by remote 214 control U7 Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units 08 E Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controls 215 malfunction of sub remote control U9 Yk Malfunction of transmission between AHU and outdoor unit in the same system UA n Excessive number of AHUs 215 UC it Address duplication of central remote control 216 UE Malfunction of transmission between central remote control and UF n System is not set yet 216 UH E Malfunction of system refrigerant system address undefined 217 The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares however be sure to check and repair 160 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by remote control Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board lt Monitor mode gt To enter the monitor mode push the MODE BS1 button when in Setting mode 1 lt Selection of setting item gt Push the SET 852 button and set the LED display to a setting item lt Confirmation of malfunction 1 gt Push BS3 button once to display First digit of malfunction code lt Confirmation of malfunction 2 gt Push the SET BS2 button once to display Second digit of malfunction code lt Confi
275. oting 175 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 3 10 L5 Failure of Combination Between Board and Fan PC Board Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting FXMQ40 125P Conduct open line detection with PC board for fan A2P using indoor PC board When the communication data of PC board for fan A2P is determined as incorrect The possible causes are Malfunction of PC board for fan 2 Connection defect of capacity setting adapter Setting mistake on site Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is the type of PC board for fan A2P correct NO gt Replace it with correct PC board for fan A2P Was indoor PC board A1P replaced with supplementary PC board NO correct capacity setting adapter installed when replacing it with supplementary PC board NO gt Install correct capacity setting adapter gt After establishing transmission for indoor and outdoor diagnose the operation again 176 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 3 11 L9 Malfunction of Thermistor R1T for Suction Air Remote control
276. otor coil resistance and insulation normal fan output 2 Faulty control PC board If a spare PC board is mounted is the capacity Including capacity setting setting properly made rate High air passage Dirty filter lt 15 the air filter clogged resistance Obstacle lt s there any obstacle in the air passage 1 For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling refer to Compressor PI Control 2 The low pressure protection control includes low pressure protection control and hot gas bypass control For details refer to Low Pressure Protection Control 3 In cooling the electronic expansion valve is used for superheated degree control 4 In heating the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve EV1 is used for superheated degree control of outdoor unit heat exchanger C SDK04009 Troubleshooting 225 Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON OFF Controller ESiEN09 05 CHECK 3 Check for Fan Motor Connector 1 Turn the power supply off 2 With the fan motor connector on motor side disconnected measure the resistance between each pin then make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the following table GND 1 White 2 Orange 3 Brown 4 Blue 7 Red Ei O O O O O Measurement point Judgment 1 4 1MQ or more 2 4 100kQ or more 3 4 100Q or more 4 7 100kQ or more
277. oup change the setting e COOL HEAT selection IND 08 Used to select COOL or HEAT by individual outdoor unit factory set e COOL HEAT selection MASTER vesse Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group with the master unit e COOL HEAT selection Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group with the slave unit 2 Check items The following items can be checked 1 Current operating conditions Normal Abnormal In check operation 2 Setting conditions of COOL HEAT selection Individual Batch master Batch slave 3 Low noise operating conditions In normal operation In low noise operation 4 4 Demand operating conditions In normal operation In demand operation Procedure for changing COOL HEAT selection setting Normally Setting mode 1 is set In case of other status push BS1 button one time and set to Setting mode 1 ON e OFF 9 Blink Setting displaying item COOL HEAT select Push the SET BS2 button to set MODE TEST Low D mand the blinking of LED to any of HIP Hop IND MASTER SLAVE noise conditions shown on the right H3P H4P H5P H6P For selection by individual outdoor unit factory set For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit
278. peration does not rotate are controlled to put the operation to the optimum state 152 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Symptom based Troubleshooting Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure 15 LCD display 88 appears on the remote control Immediately after turning ON the power supply The reason is that the system is checking to be sure the remote control is normal Normal operation This code is displayed for a period of approximately one minute at maximum 16 The outdoor unit compressor or the outdoor unit fan does not stop After stopping operation It stops in order to prevent oil or refrigerant from dwelling Normal operation It stops after a lapse of approximately 5 to 10 minutes 17 The outdoor gets While stopping operation The reason is that the compressor Normal operation hot is warmed up to provide smooth startup of the system 18 Hot air comes Hot air is felt while the system On VRV systems small quantity Normal operation out from the System even though it stops stops of refrigerant is fed to AHUs in the stopped state when other AHUs are in operation 19 The system does not cool air well The system is in dry operation The reason is that the dry operation serves not to reduce the room temperature where possible Change the system to cooling operation Troubleshooting
279. placed oil Timer After the power is turned on integrated operating time is 2 hours and subsequently every 8 hours In addition integrated amount of displaced oil is derived from Tc Te and the compressor load Outdoor Unit Actuator Oil return preparation operation Oil return operation Post oil return operation Compressor Upper limit control 140 Hz Full load 2 step increase from 36 Hz Unload to Pc gt 0 4 MPa every 20 sec Outdoor unit fan STEP8 OFF STEP8 Four way valve ON OFF ON EV 1 pone expansion valve SH control 480 pls 55 pls Subcooling electronic expansion Hails opis 0 pis valve EV3 Hot gas bypass SVP OFF OFF OFF 12 min 78160 sec Ending conditions 2 min or 8 Pc Pe gt 0 4MPa From the preparing oil returning operation to the oil returning operation and from the oil returning operation to the operation after oil returning the compressor stops for 1 minute to reduce noise on changing of the four way valve AHU actuator Heating oil return operation Thermostat ON unit Field setting Fan Stopping unit OFF 28 Function ESiEN09 05 Special Control 3 3 Defrosting Operation The defrost operation is performed to solve frost on the outdoor unit heat exchanger when heating and the heating capacity is recovered Conditions to start T
280. ppliances Noise may be generated depending on the conditions under which the electric wave is generated even if 1mis kept sure the control box is installed horizontally Screw nuts position must be downwards Precautions Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below Where mineral oil like cutting oil is present Where the air contains high levels of salt such as air near the Ocean Where sulphurous gas is present such as that in areas of hot spring vehicles or vessels Where voltage fluctuates a lot such as that in factories Where high concentration of vapor or spray are present Where machines generating electromagnetic waves present Where acidic or alkaline vapor is present The option boxes must be installed with entrances downward Tick when choked PIPING INSTALLATION Are the thermistors fixed firmly Thermistor may come loose Piping limits Is the freeze up setting done correctly The air handling unit may freeze up 1 Is the control box fixed firmly The unit may drop vibrate or make noise L Do electrical connections comply with specifications 4 The unit may malfunction or components may burn out 5 Are wiring and piping correct The unit may malfunction or components may burn out 1 Air handling unit Is th it safel ded 5 Dangerous at dicono iaa 2 Connection pipe from expansion valve kit t
281. pplied voltage Perform the check operation operation is not No power is Check if the power wiring for the supplied to the UH outdoor unit is connected correctly outdoor unit Improper type of Check the type of air handling units that air handling units UR are currently connected If they are not are connected proper replace them with proper ones The stop valve of Open the stop valve on both the gas an outdoor unit is and liquid side left closed The piping and Confirm that the piping and wiring of the wiring of the ur specified air handling unit are specified air connected correctly to the outdoor unit handling unit are not connected correctly to the outdoor unit Incorrect Connect correctly the interconnections interconnections uH between units to the F1 and F2 TO between units IN D UNIT terminals on the PC board in the outdoor unit Power supply cables are connected in the reverse phase instead of the normal phase Connect the power supply cables in normal phase Change any two of the three power supply cables L1 L2 L3 to correct phase 12 5 Checks in normal operation In case of wired remote controls After the check operation CHANGEOVER UNDER CONTROL is blinking in the connected remote control Select an air handling unit to be used as the master unit Press the operation mode selector button in the remote co
282. r Caution or parts damage may be occurred pressure sensor is connected to X17A of outdoor unit PC board NO gt Connect the high pressure sensor and turn on again 1 and high pressure is normal see 2 when voltage is measured between X17A pins 1 and 3 of outdoor unit PC board A1P see 1 YES gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P 2 Replace the high pressure sensor V2806 1 Voltage measurement point Outdoor unit PC board A1P 45V X17A 4 Red 5 o GND 3 o 5 2 8 Microcomputer White 5 A D input r 2 Measure DC voltage here V2807 2 Refer to Pressure Sensor pressure voltage characteristics table on P234 198 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 30 UL Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Outdoor Unit Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor 125 200 7 1 Malfunction is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit W Defect of low pressure sensor Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection Defect of outdoor unit PC board Be sure to turn
283. r flow from the unit or under the air handling unit It may cause incomplete combustion or deformation of the unit due to the heat Do not allow anyone to mount on the outdoor unit or avoid placing any object on it Falling or tumbling may result in injury Never expose little children plants or animals directly to the air flow Adverse influence to little children animals and plants may result Do not wash the air conditioner with water Electric shock or fire may result Do not install the air conditioner at any place where flammable gas may leak out If the gas leaks out and stays around the air conditioner a fire may break out In order to avoid electric shock or fire make sure that an earth leak detector is installed Be sure the air conditioner is electrically earthed In order to avoid electric shock make sure that the unit is grounded and that the earth wire is not connected to gas or water pipe lightning conductor or telephone earth wire Arrange the drain hose to ensure smooth drainage Incomplete drainage may cause wetting of the building furniture etc Do not let children play on and around the outdoor unit If they touch the unit carelessly it may result in injury Do not place a flower vase or anything containing water on the unit Water may enter the unit causing an electric shock or fire Do not place the controller exposed to direct sunlight The LCD display may get discolored failing to display t
284. rd Chart of Additional Refrigerant Charge Amount V3180 O Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to protect compressors O Close outside panels of the outdoor unit V3056 84 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Test Operation 1 1 3 Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying m Airtight test Make sure to use nitrogen gas Pressurize the liquid and gas pipes to 4 0 MPa 40 bar do not pressurize more than 4 0 MPa 40 bar If the pressure does not drop within 24 hours the system passes the test If the pressure drops check where the nitrogen leaks from W Vacuum drying Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate to 100 7 kPa 5 Torr 755 mm Hg 1 Evacuate the system from the liquid and gas pipes by using a vacuum pump for more than 2 hours and bring the system to 100 7 kPa After keeping the system under that condition for more than 1 hour check if the vacuum gauge rises or not If it rises the system may either contain moisture inside or have leaks 2 Following should be executed if there is a possibility of moisture remaining inside the pipe if piping work is carried out during the raining season or over a long period of time rainwater may enter the pipe during work After evacuating the system for 2 hours pressurize the system to 0 05 MPa vacuum break with nitrogen gas and evacuate the system again using the vacuum pump for 1 hour to 100 7 kPa vacuum drying If the system cannot be evacua
285. re to always use the copper gasket Gas line piping supplied with the unit Gas piping field supply Cut to the appropriate length a N Gas line piping supplied with the unit 91 Preventing foreign objects from entering Plug the pipe through holes with putty or insulating material field supply to stop up all gaps as shown in the figure 1 1 Putty or insulating material field supply Insects or small animals entering the outdoor unit may cause a short circuit in the electrical box 92 Cautions for handling stop valve The stop valves for air handling unit outdoor connecting piping are closed at shipment from the factory tz Make sure to keep the valve open during operation The names of parts of the stop valve are shown in the figure Service port Stop valve Field piping connection U N Valve cover Since side boards may be deformed if only a torque wrench is used when loosening or tightening flare nuts always lock the stop valve with a wrench and then use a torque wrench Do not place wrenches on the valve cover 1 Spanner 2 Torque wrench Do not apply force on the valve cover this may result in a refrigerant leak For cooling operation under low ambient temperature or other operation under low pressure apply silicon pad or similar to prevent freezing of the gas stop valve flare nut see figure Freezing of the flare nut may cause refrigerant leak Silico
286. re has really become low Refer to information on P 224 remove the causes by which the low pressure has become low 1 Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor 4 and that read by the pressure gauge As to the voltage of the pressure sensor make measurement of voltage at the connector and then convert it to pressure according to information on Pressure Sensor 2 Make a comparison between the low pressure value checked with the Service Checker and the voltage of the pressure sensor see 1 8 Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor 45V Connector for low pressure sensor Blue 4 Red 3 Black Micro controller A D input 2 1 measurement of DC voltage between these wires 4 Troubleshooting 185 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control ESiENO09 05 3 18 E5 Inverter Compressor Motor Lock Remote control ra Display Applicable ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Models Method of Inverter PC board takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and Malfunction compressor and the malfunction is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phase Detection current waveform Malfunction This malfunction will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in Decision forced startup mode Conditions Supposed Compressor lock Causes High differential
287. require to provide the appropriate official national language on the unit Therefore additional multilingual fluorinated greenhouse gases label is supplied with the unit Sticking instructions are illustrated on the backside of that label DAIKIN Installation manual 130 ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 10 2 2 procedures for adding refrigerant How to connect the tank Liquid line stop valve Gas line stop valve To air handling unit Service port for adding refrigerant Valve A R410A tank Measuring instrument Oo N Pipe fixing plate When the refrigerant tank is connected and the specified operation is performed the appropriate amount of refrigerant will be charged into the system After charging the system will stop automatically The refrigerant must be charged according to the procedure described below Procedure 1 Charging while the outdoor unit is at a standstill See figure 6 1 Determine the weight of refrigerant to be charged additionally referring to the item Additional refrigerant charge in How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged on page 130 and fill in the amount in the Additional refrigerant charge label attached to the unit 2 Afterthe vacuum drying is finished open valve A and charge the additional refrigerant in its liquid state through the service port on the liquid stop valve taking into account following inst
288. results of the calculations in steps 1 and 2 above total volume of refrigerant in the refrigerant system lt maximum concentration level kg m size m3 of smallest room in which there is an air handling unit installed If the result of the above calculation exceeds the maximum concentration level then make similar calculations for the second then third smallest room and so until the result falls short of the maximum concentration 4 Dealing with the situations where the result exceeds the maximum concentration level Where the installation of a facility results in a concentration in excess of the maximum concentration level then it will be necessary to revise the system Please consult your supplier 15 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Dismantling of the unit treatment of the refrigerant of oil and of other parts must be done in accordance with relevant local and national legislation ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 139 DAIKIN OPERATION MANUAL Inverter condensing unit Operation manual Inverter condensing unit English Bedienungsanleitung Deutsch Invertierer Verfl ssiger Manuel d utilisation 4 1 Frangais Groupe condenseur a inverter Gebruiksaanwijzing Condensorunit met inverter Nederlands Manual de operaci n Espa ol Unidad condensadora Inverter p Manuale d uso italiano Unit di condensazione a inverter ERQ100A7V1B Manual de opera es
289. rigerant more than the specified amount This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant and depending on pipe sizes and pipe lengths some systems require additional charging of refrigerant See How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged on page 130 case re charge is required refer to the nameplate of the unit The nameplate states the type of refrigerant and necessary amount Installation limitations 1 Outdoor unit Valve kit Air handling unit L1 50 5 L2 5 5 5 B 35 350 Below or above the outdoor unit How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged Additional refrigerant to be charged R kg R should be rounded off in units of 0 1 kg R Total length m of liquid piping size at 9 5 x0 054 Determine the weight of refrigerant to be charged additionally referring to the item Additional refrigerant charge in How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged on page 130 and fill in the amount in the Additional refrigerant charge label attached to the unit Precautions when adding R410A Be sure to charge the specified amount of refrigerant in liquid state to the liquid pipe Since this refrigerant is a mixed refrigerant adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change preventing normal operation Before charging check whether the refrig
290. rigerant Circuit 19 Functional Parts Layout ESiEN09 05 20 Refrigerant Circuit ESiEN09 05 Part 5 Function Operation 22 gt TEE TNETUPSNOE 23 2 1 Normal Opera tlom De si Dna Mawel 23 2 2 Compressor PI Control 24 2 3 Cooling Operation Fan 25 lt DS Cal PE 26 3 1 Startup 26 3 2 uuu as deg xa Ended 27 32 Defrosting Operation Um T 29 34 Residual Operation 30 3 5 Restart waqsuqassa 31 3 0 Stopping Operation r uuu TUR Ge S eg RUE 32 5 Protection COMTO M 33 4 1 High Pressure Protection Control 33 42 Low Pressure Protection Control 34 4 3 Discharge Pipe Protection Conitrol tacens pen Fat pend cust mU eidem 35 4 4 Inverter Protection Control 36 z ONET CONTON TU Tm 37
291. rmation of malfunction 3 gt Push the SET 52 once to display malfunction location lt Confirmation of malfunction 4 gt Push the SET BS2 button once to display master or slave 1 or slave 2 and malfunction location Push the RETURN BS3 button and Switches to the initial status of Monitor mode Push the MODE BS1 button and returns to Setting mode 1 Detail description on next page Contents of malfunction Malfunction code In phase malfunction of DIII Net Detection of DIII Net Abnormal discharge pressure HPS activated Abnormal suction pressure Abnormal Pe Compressor lock Detection of INV compressor lock Over load over current abnormal lock of outdoor unit fan motor Detection of DC fan 1 motor lock Detection of DC fan 2 motor lock Malfunction of electronic expansion valve Faulty sensor of outdoor air temperature Abnormal discharge pipe temperature EV1 EV3 Faulty Ta sensor short Abnormal Td Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Faulty sensor of discharge pipe temperature Refrigerant over charge F3 F6 J3 Faulty Tdi sensor short Faulty sensor of suction pipe temperature Faulty Ts1 sensor short Faulty Ts2 sensor short Faulty sensor of heat exchanger temperature Faulty Tb sensor short Malfunction of th
292. rol ESiEN09 05 OFF Blink Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 Confirmation of malfunction 2 Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4 code H1P H2P H3P H5P H6P HIP H2P H5P 6 H1P H2P H6P H7P H3P gt ele e e A xk e xk e el el E I e e x e G x x e x e e e k gt 3X e e X o X w x e e j e e e X X 3k 3X e e X x x xk Display of contents of Display of contents of Display 1 of Display 2 of malfunction first digit malfunction second digit malfunction in detail malfunction in detail 1 e i Slave1 e Slave2 ik E System 164 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 3 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 31 Error of External Protection Device Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditi
293. rs into the compressor and dilutes oil therein resulting in decrease of lubricity Therefore the pump down residual operation is performed to collect the refrigerant in the heat exchanger when the compressor is down 341 Pump down Residual Operation in Cooling Operation Actuator Pump down residual operation Step 1 Pump down residual operation Step 2 Compressor 124 Hz Full load 52 Hz Full load Outdoor unit fan Fan control Fan control Four way valve OFF OFF Main electronic expansion valve EV1 480 pls 240 pls EV S 79 electronic expansion valve 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF OFF Ending conditions 2 sec 2 sec Actuator Pump down residual operation Compressor 124 Hz Full load Outdoor unit fan STEP7 Four way valve ON Main electronic expansion valve EV1 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve 0 pls EV3 Hot gas bypass valve SVP OFF Ending conditions 4 sec 3 4 2 Pump down Residual Operation in Heating Operation 30 Function ESiEN09 05 Special Control 3 5 Restart Standby Restart is stood by force to prevent frequent power on off and to equalize pressure in the refrigerant system Actuator Operation Compressor OFF Outdoor unit fan Ta gt 30 C STEP4 Tas 30 C OFF Four way valve Keep former condition Main electronic expansion valve EV1 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion v
294. ructions Turn on the power of the outdoor unit control box and air handling units Check that gas and liquid stop valves are closed Stop the compressor and charge the specified weight of refrigerant To avoid compressor breakdown Do not charge the refrigerant more than the specified amount the total refrigerant cannot be charged while the outdoor unit is at a standstill it is possible to charge the refrigerant by operating the outdoor unit using the refrigerant charge function refer to Setting mode 2 and follow Procedure 2 Charging while the outdoor unit is operating on page 131 Procedure 2 Charging while the outdoor unit is operating See the figure in How to connect the tank on page 131 1 Completely open the gas side stop valve and liquid side stop valve Valve A must be left fully closed 2 Close the front panel and turn on the power to the control box air handling unit and the outdoor unit 3 Open valve A immediately after starting of the compressor 4 Charge the additional refrigerant in its liquid state through the service port of the liquid line stop valve 5 While the unit is at a standstill and under setting mode 2 refer to Checks before initial start up Setting the mode set the required function A additional refrigerant charging operation to ON ON Then operation starts The blinking H2P led indicates test operation and the remote control indicates TEST test op
295. s MCA A 27 0 Max fuse amps MFA A 32 0 Full load amps FLA A 0 3 0 3 Fan motor Voltage range Minimum V 198 Maximum V 264 Wiring For power Quantity 3 connections supply Remark Earth wire included For Quantity 2 connection with AHU Remark F1 F2 Power supply intake Both AHU and outdoor unit Field earth leakage breaker mA 300 Notes 1 European international technical standard setting the limits for harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low voltage system with input current gt 16A and lt 75A per phase 2 Short circuit power Symbols MCA MFA RLA FLA MSC Minimum Circuit Amps Maximum Fuse Amps see note 5 Rated Load Amps Full Load Amps Starting Current see note 6 Specifications Specifications ESiEN09 05 Notes RLA based on the following conditions W Indoor temperature 27 CDB 19 CWB Outdoor temperature 35 CDB Voltage range Units are suitable for use on electrical systems where the voltage supplied to the unit terminals is not below or above the listed range limits Maximum allowable voltage unbalance between phases is 2 Select wire size based on MCA Instead of fuse use circuit breaker MFA is used to select circuit breaker and the ground fault circuit interrupter earth leakage circuit breaker MSC means the maximum current during start up of the compressor 10 Specifications ESiEN09 05 Specifications 1
296. s off for at least C minutes refer to thermo off conditions thermostat on is carried out for at least E minutes Mode n setting 51 Setting switch n Setting position n Setting 7 00 D level 1 cooling 02 D level 2 cooling 04 D level 3 cooling D level 4 cooling 08 D level 5 cooling 01 E 5 min 02 E 10 min b 00 D level 1 heating D level 2 heating 02 D level 3 heating 03 D level 4 heating 04 D level 5 heating 96 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Field Setting 5 2 Y control Cooling Te set Te real If A gt B for C minutes thermo off is applied for minutes Heating To Te set A If A gt B for C minutes thermo off is applied for minutes After C minutes the units starts to operate Mode n setting Setting switch n Setting position n Setting min 51 2 00 2 3 01 4 3 02 6 3 03 8 3 04 2 5 4 06 6 5 07 8 5 08 2 7 09 4 7 10 6 7 11 8 7 12 2 10 13 4 10 14 6 10 15 8 10 5 3 Z control Standard Daikin thermostat on off control 6 Target Refrigerant Temperature Setting 6 1 X control Cooling Upper amp lower limit of T can be chosen Mode n setting Setting switch n Setting position n Setting Lower li
297. s you to tell what kind of malfunction caused operation to stop See page 159 for malfunction code and malfunction contents Operation LED ON OFF button Z DAIKIN UNIT No 7 g ng Inspection display Malfunction code Inspection Test button Note 1 Pressing the INSPECTION TEST button will blink the check indication 2 While in check mode pressing and holding the ON OFF button for a period of five seconds or more will clear the failure history indication shown above In this case on the codes display the malfunction code will blink twice and then change to 00 Normal and the operation mode will automatically switch from check mode to normal mode displaying the set temperature Troubleshooting 155 Troubleshooting by remote control ESiEN09 05 2 3 How to Enter the Service Mode Normal operation mode remote control Service Mode Y Field set Service mode c the button for 4 seconds or longer the mode Service Mode TEST button for 4 seconds or longer 2 1 Select the mode Operation Set the desired mode No with the button
298. sconnected or the insulation is defective YES gt Replace the compressor Disconnect the connection between the compressor and inverter Make the power transistor check mode setting ON by service mode Inverter output voltage check Inverter output voltage is not balanced Normal if within 5V Must be measured when frequency is stable YES gt Replace the inverter unit A2P we YES There is instantenious gt Correct power supply power drop gt Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for odd noises vibration and operating status of the compressor V2812 Higher voltage than actual is displayed when the inverter output voltage is checked by tester 202 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 34 48 Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Outdoor Unit Inverter Current Abnormal 125 200 7 1 Malfunction is detected by current flowing in the power transistor When overload in the compressor is detected Compressor overload Compressor coil disconnected W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A2P N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred
299. serious consequences Never inspect or service the unit by yourself as death severe injury or damage to the equipment Ask a qualified service person to perform this work To prevent refrigerant leak contact your dealer NOTE These instructions will ensure proper use of the When the system is installed and runs in a small room it is eauibiment required to keep the concentration of the refrigerant if by any E quip chance coming out below the limit Otherwise oxygen in Be sure to follow these important safety cautions room may be affected resulting in a serious accident Keep these warning sheets handy so that you can refer to them m The retigerant in coriditioner iS safe normally dobs not leak If the refrigerant leaks in the room contact with a fire of if needed a burner a heater or a cooker may result in a harmful gas Also if this equipment is transferred to a new user make sure to Turn off any combustible heating devices ventilate the room and hand over this user s manual to the new user contact the dealer where you purchased the unit Do not use the air conditioner until a service person confirms that the portion where the refrigerant leaks is repaired B Improper installation or attachment of equipment or accessories could result in electric shock short circuit leaks fire or other damage to the equipment Be sure to use only accessories made by Daikin which are specifically designed for use with the
300. stor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running Defect of AHU thermistor for air outlet B Defect of AHU PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Zh Caution Connector is NO connected to thg AHU PC gt Connect the thermistor and turn on again Resistance is normal when measured after disconnecting the thermistor from the PC board 7 2 112 gt Replace the thermistor gt Replace the AHU PC board V2786 Refer to thermistor resistance temperature characteristics table on P232 178 Troubleshooting 51 9 05 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control 3 13 LL AHU Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting FXFQ Even if a malfunction occurs operation still continues Malfunction is detected according to the moisture output voltage detected by the moisture sensor When the moisture sensor is disconnected or short circuited Faulty sensor Disconnection Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Caution Remove the humidity sensor from the indoor PC board and insert it a
301. t and right grips Place your hands on the corner instead of holding the suction inlet in the side of the casing otherwise the casing could be deformed m care not to let hands or objects come in contact with rearfins 4 SELECTING INSTALLATION SITE This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by small animals Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions smoke or fire Please instruct the customer to keep the area around the unit clean 1 Select an installation site where the following conditions satisfied and that meets with your customer s approval Places which are well ventilated Places where the unit does not bother next door neighbours Safe places which can withstand the unit s weight and vibration and where the unit can be installed level Places where there is no possibility of flammable gas or product leak Places where servicing space can be well ensured Places where the air handling and outdoor units piping and wiring lengths come within the allowable ranges Places where water leaking from the unit cannot cause damage to the location e g
302. t circuited or open Faulty subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor R4T Faulty outdoor unit PC board N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor connected to X12A of outdoor unit PC board A1P NO gt Connect connector and operate unit again Is the resistance measured after removing the thermistor RAT from outdoor unit PC board normal 3 5 to 360 NO gt Replace thermistor gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V3075 Refer to Thermistor Resistance Temperature Characteristics table on P232 Troubleshooting 197 Troubleshooting by Indication remote control 51 9 05 3 29 JA Outdoor Unit Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting T ERQ 125 200 A7V1 Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit W Defect of high pressure sensor Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection Defect of outdoor unit PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connecto
303. t exceed 120 C during brazing sure that the other parts such as electrical box tie wraps and wires are protected from direct brazing flames during brazing 7 After brazing put the lower pipe insulation back in place and close it with the upper insulation cover after pealing off the liner 8 Secure the pipe fixing clamp C in place again 2x 5 9 Make sure that field pipes are fully insulated Field pipe insulation must reach up to the insulation you have put back in place as per procedure step 7 Make sure that there is no gap between both ends in order to avoid condensation dripping finish the connection with tape eventually closing the valve kit box cover Close the valve kit box cover 4x M5 EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 77 INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTROL Precautions BOX See figure 3 Thermistor cable and remote control wire should be located at least 50 mm away from power supply wires and from wires to 1 Control box EM 2 the controller Not following this guideline may result 2 Hanger brackets malfunction due to electrical noise 3 Main PCB Use only specified wires and tightly connect wires to the 4 Transformer terminals Keep wiring in neat order so that it does not obstruct 5 Terminal other equipment Incomplete con
304. tal input 16 V DC Capacity step Error signal Controller field supply LIVCY4 x 2x 0 75 Optional connection when the function of the switch box needs to be 9 extended see 4 51 for details of settings and instructions 5 Air handling unit fan Digital output voltage free C1 C2 Fan signal field supply HOSVV F3G2 5 25 Maximum 230 V maximum 2 Recommended size all wiring must comply with local codes Wiring diagram Printed circuit board ENG Field wiring Printed circuit board option KRP4 Live Fuse 250 V F5A A1P Field fuse Light emitting diode service monitor green iene eee Wire clamp Magnetic rela 9 Y Protective earth screw Magnetic relay Separate component Earth leakage breaker Em Optional accessory Thermistor air Thermistor liquid Thermistor gas Capacity adapter Transformer 220 V 21 8 V Gray Terminal block Orange Pink Red White Yellow Electronic expansion valve Output fan ON OFF Communication outdoor unit Communication remote control Thermistor liquid X1M R3 R4 Thermistor gas X1M R5 R6 Thermistor air X1M T1 T2 Input ON OFF X1M Y1 6 Expansion valve EKEQFCBV3 EKEQDCBV3 Installation and operation manual DAIKIN Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units
305. tallation manual 131 eines Yellow aeneis Black Printed circuit board main 2 Printed circuit board inverter ABP Printed circuit board noise filter Printed circuit board C H selector BS1 BS5 Push button switch mode set return test reset C1 C3 iint Capacitor DIP switch ETHG n Crankcase heater F1U FAU Fuse T 6 3 A 250 V FOU Fuse T 5 0 A 250 V WA Thermistor fin Light emitting diode service monitor orange Prepare test blinking Malfunction detection light up Light emitting diode service monitor green Magnetic contactor M1C Magnetic relay Y1S Magnetic relay Y2S Magnetic relay Y3S Magnetic relay E1HC Magnetic relay Reactor Motor compressor Motor fan upper Motor fan lower acids csi Switching power supply QDI iiu Field earth leakage breaker 300 mA Rise Resistor current limiting Resistor current sensor Thermistor air Thermistor discharge ROT svete Thermistor suction 1 RAT Thermistor heat exchanger RIT cette Thermistor suction 2 Thermistor subcooling heat exchanger RIT artt Thermistor liquid pipe Thermistor liquid pipe 2
306. tances including mineral oils m Ch at and st ti if or moisture must be prevented from getting Tabane strong mixed into the system Operating temperature of the control box is between 10 C WB SST saturated suction temperature at exit of 40 air handling unit Keep the space in front of the boxes free for future maintenance Keep air handling unit power supply wiring and transmission Selecting the capacity setting adapter see accessories wiring at least 1 m away from televisions and radios This is to The corresponding capacity setting adapter needs to be prevent image interference and noise in those electrical selected depending on the expansion valve appliances Noise may be generated depending on the conditions under which the electric wave is generated even if Connect the correct selected capacity setting adapter to 1 mis kept 9 X24A See figure 4 and figure 6 Make sure the control box is installed horizontally Screw nuts Capacity Capacity position must be downwards setting adapter setting adapter label label EKEXV kit indication EKEXV kit indication Precautions 63 J71 140 J160 80 J90 200 J224 Do not install or operate the unit in rooms mentioned below 100 J112 250 J280 Where mineral oil like cutting oil is present 125 J140 Where the air contains high levels of salt such as air near the ocean For the following items tak
307. tches are equipped with a self diagnosis function so that more appropriate maintenance can be carried out If a malfunction occurs during operation the operation lamp malfunction code and display of malfunctioning unit No let you know the contents and location of the malfunction When there is a stop due to malfunction the contents of the malfunction given below can be diagnosed by a combination of operation lamp INSPECTION display of the liquid crystal display and display of malfunction code Operation lamp ON OFF button WDAIKIN UNIT No D Xo Inspection display Malfunction code VLO50 158 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by remote control Xt ON OFF w Blink Malfunction Operation Malfunction contents Page code lamp Referred AHU AO E Error of external protection device 165 A1 E PC board defect E PROM defect 166 A3 E Malfunction of drain level control system S1L A6 E Fan motor M1F lock overload 167 A8 E Abnormal power supply voltage 168 A9 E Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve Y1E 169 AF Yr Drain level above limit AJ E Malfunction of capacity setting 171 C1 E Failure of transmission between AHU PC board and f
308. ted to 100 7 kPa within 2 hours repeat the operation of vacuum break and vacuum drying Then after leaving the system in vacuum for 1 hour confirm that the vacuum gauge does not rise 1 1 4 Additional Refrigerant Charge Ao Maximum piping length is 55 m For calculation of additional refrigerant charge refer to the installation manual Refrigerant cannot be charged until field wiring has been completed Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the leak test and the vacuum drying see above When charging a system care shall be taken that its maximum permissible charge is never exceeded in view of the danger of liquid hammer Charging with an unsuitable substance may cause explosions and accidents so always ensure that the appropriate refrigerant R 410A is charged Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly Always use protective gloves and protect your eyes when charging refrigerant When performing service on the unit requiring the refrigerant system to be opened refrigerant must be evacuated according to local regulations When the power is on please close the front panel when leaving the unit Outdoor unit Gas line stop valve Liquid line stop valve Stop valve service port Nitrogen Measuring instrument Vacuum Charge hose pomp Test Operation 85 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 To avoid compressor breakdown Do not charge
309. tep down from current compressor frequency v After 30 sec 15 gt 135 aid HTdi lt 110 C lt 125 HTdi gt 130 C In discharge pipe temp gt INV upper limit frequency 1 step up HTdi gt 120 C protection control f t f tor 90 rom current compressor frequency OL AU SEC After 20 sec or more of HTdi gt 135 C 36 Hz Unload HTdi gt 120 C for 10 min or more Discharge pipe When occurring 3 times within 100 minutes temperature standby the malfunction code is output Function 35 Protection Control ESiEN09 05 4 4 Inverter Protection Control Inverter current protection control and inverter fin temperature control are performed to prevent tripping due to a malfunction or transient inverter overcurrent and fin temperature increase Inverter overcurrent protection control Not limited elnverter current x 12A Inverter current gt 12A amp NV upper limit frequency max Hz Limited v INV upper limit frequency 1 step down from current compressor frequency 0 Inverter current gt 12 eMatching of frequency Status quo Inverter current lt 12A continues for 3 min INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency Inverter current gt 13 1A continues for 260 sec Without conditions Inverter current When occurring 4 times within
310. tes main components Refer to your maintenance and inspection contract for more details 2 Table 1 indicates recommended intervals of maintenance cycles However in order to keep the unit operational as long as_ possible maintenance work may be required sooner Recommended intervals can be used for appropriate maintenance design in terms of budgetting maintenance and inspection fees Depending on the content of the maintenance and inspection contract inspection and maintenance cycles may in reality be shorter than listed 12 2 Shortening of maintenance cycle and replacement cycle needs to be considered in following situations B The unitis used in locations where heat and humidity fluctuate out of the ordinary 2 power fluctuation is high voltage frequency wave distortion etc The unit cannot be used if power fluctuation is outside the allowable range 3 bumps and vibrations are frequent 4 dust salt harmful gas or oil mist such as sulfurous acid and hydrogen sulfide may be present in the air 5 the machine is started and stopped frequently or operation time is long sites with 24 hour air conditioning ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 DAIKIN Operation manual 147 Recommended replacement cycle of wear parts NOTES Table 2 Replacement Cycle list Maintenance cycle replacements and Component Inspecti
311. the operation using the remote control and then restart the operation Is Does the stop the HPS NO due to malfunction E3 operating value normal Replace the HPS recur i e 4 0 YES Are the characteristics o the high pressure sensor normal See 1 YES Replace the high pressure sensor ls the pressure detected with the PC board normal See 2 YES high pressure sensor is normal and the pressure detected with the PC board is also normal The high pressure has really become high NO gt Replace the main PC board Refer to information on P 223 remove the causes by which the 9 high pressure has become high i 1 Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor 4 and that read by the pressure gauge As to the voltage of the pressure sensor make measurement of voltage at the connector and then convert it to pressure according to information on Pressure Sensor 2 Make a comparison between the high pressure value checked with the Service Checker and the voltage of the pressure sensor see 1 3 Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor 5V Connector for high pressure sensor 4 Red 3 Black High 4r pressure 2 Sensor Micro controller A D input 1 White Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires 4
312. the power off and then back on again the electronic expansion valve is checked The connecting YES gt Replace the moving part of the electronic expansion valve cable is short circuited or disconnected NO gt Replace the connecting cable gt Replace outdoor unit PC board ATP V3067 Make measurement of resistance between the connector pins and then make sure the resistance falls in the range of 40 to 500 Orange 1 2 Measuring points Yellow 3 O ue 2 6 Black 4 77 3 6 4 6 5 Gray 6 189 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting by Indication remote control ESiEN09 05 3 24 F3 Outdoor Unit Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature Remote control 3 Display Applicable 125 200 A7V1 Models Method of Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe Malfunction temperature sensor Detection Malfunction When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level Decision When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly Conditions Supposed Faulty discharge pipe temperature sensor Causes Faulty connection of discharge pipe temperature sensor Faulty outdoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred
313. the refrigerant more than the specified amount W This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant and depending on pipe sizes and pipe lengths some systems require additional charging of refrigerant See Installation manual n case re charge is required refer to the nameplate of the unit The nameplate states the type of refrigerant and necessary amount Precautions when adding R 410A Be sure to charge the specified amount of refrigerant in liquid state to the liquid pipe Since this refrigerant is a mixed refrigerant adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant composition to change preventing normal operation W Before charging check whether the refrigerant cylinder is equipped with a siphon tube or not Charge the liquid refrigerant with the cylinder in upright position Charge the liquid refrigerant with the cylinder in up side down position Important information regarding the refrigerant used This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol Do not vent gases into the atmosphere Refrigerant type R 410A GWP value 1975 1 GWP global warming potential Please fill in with indelible ink the factory refrigerant charge of the product the additional refrigerant amount charged in the field and the total refrigerant charge on the refrigerant charge label supplied with the product The filled out label must be adhered in the proximity of the prod
314. the remote control is pushed or T1 T2 is closed If the operation lamp lights the system is in normal condition To prevent overloading of the compressor motor the air conditioner starts 5 minutes after it is turned ON again in case it was turned OFF just before The same starting delay occurs after the operation mode selector button was used Centralized Control is displayed on the remote control and pressing the operation button causes the display to blink for a few seconds This indicates that the central device is controlling the unit The blinking display indicates that the remote control cannot be used The system does not start immediately after the power supply is turned on Wait one minute until the micro computer is prepared for operation Symptom 2 Cool Heat cannot be changed over B When the display shows change over under centralized control it shows that this is a slave remote control B When cool heat changeover remote control switch is installed and the display shows EA J This is because cool heat changeover is controlled by the cool heat changeover remote control switch Ask your dealer where the remote control switch is installed ERQ100 140A7V1B ERQ125 250A7W1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51322 1 DAIKIN Operation manual 145 Symptom 3 Fan operation is possible but cooling and heating do not work Immediately
315. then power ON again Does the system return to normal YES External factor other than malfunction for example noise etc Replace the AHU PC board V2777 166 Troubleshooting 09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on remote control 3 3 Fan Motor M1F Lock Overload Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting All AHU models Detection by failure of signal for detecting number of turns to come from the fan motor When number of turns can t be detected even when output voltage to the fan is maximum W Fan motor lock Disconnected or faulty wiring between fan motor and PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occured AY Caution wiring from the fan motor securely connected to connectors on the AHU PC NO gt Connect the wiring and turn on again Wiring between the AHU PC board and fan YES motor is disconnected Fix the wiring and turn on again YES Does the fan motor run Replace the AHU PC board Replace the fan motor V2779 Troubleshooting 167 Troubleshooting by Indication the remote control ESiEN09 05 3 4 Abnormal Power Supply Voltage Remote control Disp
316. thin 60 High pressure __ gt minutes HPS is activated without high standby pressure standby thus outputting the malfunction code In heating operation High pressure drop Pc gt 3 04MPa High pressure not limited Pc HP pressure sensor detection value Pc lt 2 89MPa High pressure limited INV upper limit frequency 1 step down from current compressor frequency After 10 sec Y po 3 04MPa pP Keeping the current step Pc 2 94MPa 60 INV upper limit frequency 1 step up from current compressor frequency Pc gt 3 64MPa When occurring 10 times within 60 High pressure minutes HPS is activated without high standby pressure standby thus outputting the malfunction code Function 33 Protection Control ESiEN09 05 4 2 Low Pressure Protection Control This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient decrease of low pressure In cooling operation aie een Pe LP pressure sensor detection value Pe lt 0 25MPa Pe gt 0 39MPa Low pressure limited Hot gas SVP OFF Y Pe lt 0 15MPa Pe gt 0 30MPa 36Hz Unload Hot gas SVP ON Pe lt 0 07MPa Low pressure ____ gt When occurring 3 times within 30 min standby the malfunction code E4 is output
317. tion of setting T1 T2 must be open at power 01 restore After power failure the status of T1 T2 must remain identical to the initial T1 T2 status prior to the power failure 12 22 5 02 After power failure T1 T2 must changed to open cooling heating requested OPERATION AND DISPLAY SIGNALS Open No cooling heating requested Input 1 720 Closed Cooling heating requested See field setting 12 22 5 NOTE WB See the remote control display for output 877 m See optional kit KRP4A51 for additional possible signals When operation signal is activated the air handling unit and fan must operate Failure to this will cause a safety to operate or freezing up of the air handling unit EKEQMCBV3 Option kit for combination of Daikin condensing units with field supplied air handling units 4PW52447 1 DAIKIN Installation and operation manual 81 TROUBLESHOOTING To set up the system and make trouble shooting possible it is required to connect the remote control to the option kit Not a malfunction of the air conditioner The system does not operate The system does not restart immediately after the cooling heating is requested If the operation lamp lights the system is in normal operating condition It does not restart immediately because one of its safety devices actuates to prevent the system from being overloaded The
318. tion of thermistor r1t for outdoor air 192 check for causes of rise in high pressure 224 malfunction of thermistor r1t for suction air 177 check for fan motor connector 226 malfunction of thermistor r2t for heat exchanger 174 check operation tenaci dne MU 87 malfunction of thermistor r3t for gas pipes 175 check operation not executed 211 malfunction of thermistor r3t for suction pipe 1 2 194 check work prior to turn power supply 84 malfunction of thermistor r4t 197 compressor motor lock 186 malfunction of thermistor r6t 195 cooling operation fan control 25 malfunction of thermistor r7t for outdoor unit liquid pipe 196 D malfunction of thermistor for discharge air 178 display under host computer integrate malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote control 180 control blinks repeats double blink 223 malfunction of transmission between display under host computer integrate ahus and outdoor units 212 control blinks repeats single blink 220 malfunction of transmission between inverter display of sensor and address data 157 and control pc board
319. tling or installation may cause an electric shock or fire Contact your dealer case of accidental refrigerant leaks make sure there are no naked flames The refrigerant itself is entirely safe non toxic and non combustible but it will generate toxic gas when it accidentally leaks into a room where combustible air from fan heaters gas etc is present Always have qualified service personnel confirm that the point of leakage has been repaired or corrected before resuming operation Recommended inspection and maintenance cycles Be aware that the mentioned maintenance and replacement cycles do not relate to the warranty period of the components Table 1 Inspection Cycle and Maintenance Cycle list Maintenance cycle replacements and or repairs 20 000 hours Component Inspection cycle Electric motor PCB 25 000 hours Heat exchanger 5 years Sensor thermistor etc 5 years 1 year remote control and switches 25 000 hours Drain pan 8 years Expansion valve 20 000 hours Electromagnetic valve 20 000 hours Table 1 assumes the following conditions of use 1 Normal use without frequent starting and stopping of the unit Depending on the model we recommend not starting and stopping the machine more than 6 times hour 2 Operation of the unit is assumed to be 10 hours day and 2 500 hours year NOTE 1 Table 1 indica
320. tput Closed Fan on Open No cooling heating Input 1 720 requested Closed Cooling heating requested See field setting 12 22 5 A When the operation signal is activated the air handling unit and fan must operate Failure to this will cause a safety to operate or freezing up of the air handling unit The fan of the air handling unit must operate before cooling operation is required to the outdoor unit TROUBLESHOOTING To set up the system and make trouble shooting possible it is required to connect the remote control to the option kit Not a malfunction of the air conditioner The system does not operate The system does not restart immediately after the cooling heating is requested If the operation lamp lights the system is in normal operating condition It does not restart immediately because one of its safety devices actuates to prevent the system from being overloaded The system will turn on again automatically after 3 minutes The system does not restart immediately after the power supply is turned on Wait 1 minute until the micro computer is prepared for operation Trouble shooting If one of the following malfunctions occurs take the measures shown below and contact your dealer The system must be repaired by a qualified service person If asafety device such as a fuse a breaker or an earth leakage breaker frequently actuates or ON OFF switch does not properly
321. trol Box Different Systems with their Control Boxes ESiEN09 05 Allowable lengths and heights System B a VRV LA Control Box Dp AHU H P amp VRV M type EXV kit E KITn Indoor 1 Indoor n Allowable height AHU1 Total system lt 40m EXV kit 1 outdoor unit can be above or below EXV kit n outdoor Piping Communication A B B i follow std VRV HIP amp H R Consider same as 1 lt 5m VRVwiring 50m lt 50m length policy Connection ratio 90 110 48 Control Box ESiEN09 05 X Y Z Control 2 X Y Z Control The D F M boxes have different types of control giving the ability to control different temperatures Td Ts Tr Te or Tc Schematic AHU Discharge air control Ts Suction air control Room air control Te Evaporating temperature control Condensing temperature control AHU Air handling unit DDC Digital controller EKEQD Z control X Y control Z control 21 X Control Control of air temperature Td Ts or Tr by means of an external device DDC controller 0 10V control output 10V Ti d E se measures DDC 0 10 V ov 11 AT Tset A AT AT Tset Tmeasured Tmeasured Ta Ts or Tr Components for control DDC field supply m Air thermistor field supply BRC1D only for servicing
322. tting for further information 2 3 2Z Control Control of air temperature Ts or Tr by Daikin control no DDC needed Components for control thermistor Daikin BRC1D Daikin m Daikin option remote on off Low cost BRC needed No possibility for Td control 9 6287 8 9 2 29 33 ee 3 i 35 ES om QE 27 Gales Ed 37 T 28 30 31 32 34 Item Name User Z BP M BM 1 On off button Customer 0 0 0 0 28 Inspection test operation button Installer 0 0 0 0 29 Programming button Installer 0 0 0 0 30 Schedule timer button Customer 0 0 0 0 31 Time adjust buttons Customer 0 0 0 0 32 Temperature adjust buttons Customer 0 0 0 0 33 Operation change min max button Customer 0 0 0 0 34 Setpoint limit button Customer 0 0 0 0 35 Fan speed button Customer x 0 x x 36 Air flow direction adjust button Customer x x x x 37 Air filter cleaning time icon reset button Customer x 0 x x Control Box 51 51 9 05 Control Box iagram 3 W 3 1 D iring Diagram of Control Box Iring D box p JIAA neva 335 ux i e a E 128 5 uonisog
323. uct charging port e g onto the inside of the service cover Contains tuorinated greenhouse gases covered by kyoto Protecol C ontains fluorinated greenhouse gases R 410 A covered by the Kyoto Protocol 9 factory refrigerant charge of the product k see unit name plate 2 9 refrigerant amount charged in L refrigerant charge outdoor unit refrigerant cylinder and manifold for charging 86 Test Operation ESiEN09 05 Test Operation 1 1 5 Check Operation During check operation mount front panel to avoid the misjudging Check operation is mandatory for normal unit operation When the check operation is not executed alarm code U3 will be displayed Set to setting mode 1 H1P led is off refer to Setting mode 1 Press and hold the TEST OPERATION button BS4 on outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds Check on operation O The test operation is started automatically The following judgements are conducted within 15 minutes about 30 minutes at the maximum Check for wrong wiring Check stop valve for not open Check of refrigerant charge Pipe length automatic judgement The following indications are conducted while in test operation LED lamp on outdoor unit PC board flic
324. uge manifold x and R 410A m Thread specification differs for R 410A and R 407C Charging cylinder W Weighting instrument used for HFCs Gas detector W The same tool can be used for HFCs Vacuum pump W To use existing pump for HFCs pump with reverse flow vacuum pump adapter must be preventive function installed Weighting instrument W Seal material is different between Charge mouthpiece x is different between R 410A and others Flaring tool Clutch type m For R 410A flare gauge is necessary Torque wrench Torque up for 1 2 and 5 8 Pipe cutter Pipe assembling oil x m Due to refrigerating machine oil change No Suniso oil can be used Refrigerant recovery device Check your recovery device Refrigerant piping See the chart below m Only 619 1 is changed to 1 2H material while the previous material is As for the charge mouthpiece and packing 1 2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of charge hose W Copper tube material and thickness O Soft Annealed H Hard Drawn R 407C R 410A Pipe size Material Thickness Material Thickness t mm t mm 6 4 0 8 0 8 9 5 0 8 0 8 12 7 0 8 0 8 15 9 1 0 1 0 19 1 1 0 1 2H 1 0 22 2 1 2H 1 0 1 2H 1 0 25 4 1 2H 1 0 1 2H 1 0 28 6 1 2H 1 0 1 2H 1 0
325. upposed gt Faulty heat radiation of power unit e Air suction opening blocked e Dirty radiator fin e High outdoor temperature Is the connector X111A of the fin thermistor NO properly connected to the Properly connect outdoor PC board Turn ON the power supply and then press the remote control check button once Is the malfunction YES code displayed To P4 troubleshooting the remote control NO Does the malfunction code L recur when the unit starts operation Replace the inverter PC board assy A2P as well gt Continue operation Troubleshooting 201 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control ESiENO09 05 3 33 L5 Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Abnormal Remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting 125 200 A7V1 Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor When an excessive current flows in the power transistor Instantaneous overcurrent also causes activation W Defect of compressor coil disconnected defective insulation W Compressor start up malfunction mechanical lock W Defect of inverter PC board A2P N Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Compressor inspection The ompressor coil i di
326. uration temperature Detection Malfunction Microcomputer judge and detect if the system is short of refrigerant Decision Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued Conditions Supposed Out of gas or refrigerant system clogging incorrect piping Causes W Defect of pressure sensor W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P W Defect of thermistor R3T Troubleshooting 207 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Low pressure is Cooling 0 25 MPa or less Out of gas closing of stop valve or refrigerant system is clogged Requires check of refrigerant system The voltage of X18A pins 2 and 3 on main outdoor unit PC board A1P is 1 0 VDC or less Low pressure sensor output voltage 2 YES Replace main outdoor unit PC board A1P The suction 1 temp minus low pressure saturation temp is 20 C or higher gt Replace low pressure sensor YES gt Out of gas or refrigerant system is clogged Requires check of refrigerant system Resistance is normal when measured with the thermistor R3T for NO suction pipe1 disconnected gt Replace the thermistor from the outdoor unit PC board 1 NO the low pressure sensor correct gt R
327. using 2 remote controls Defect of AHU PC board Defect of remote control PC board Malfunction of transmission caused by noise sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Using 2 remote controls control remote controls is set to Set one remote controller to SUB turn the power supply off once and then back on returns to normal when the power is turned off momentarily board microcomputer monitors blink Replace AHU PC board gt There is possibility of malfunction caused by noise Check the surrounding area and turn on again ulti core cableis used for the indoor unit remote control transmission YES gt Switch to double core independent cable replacement Defect of remote control PC board or AHU PC board Replace whichever is defective V2823 214 Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Troubleshooting by Indication on the remote control 3 43 UH Excessive Number of AHUs remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting Li All AHU models Excess of connected AHUs Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P Mismatching of the refrigerant type of AHU and outdoor unit Setting of outdoor PC board was not conducted after repl
328. w blow fuse on each phase and an earth leakage breaker ERQ100 140 Phase and frequency 1 50 Hz Voltage 220 240 V Recommended field fuse 32A SUR circuit amps 27 Transmission line section 0 75 1 25 mm Wire typet H05VV Stated values are maximum values 4 Only in protected pipes use HO7RN F when protected pipes are not used NOTE Select the power supply cable in accordance with qu relevant local and national regulations Wire size must comply with the applicable local and national code Specifications for local wiring power cord and branch wiring are in compliance with IEC60245 connecting the power cable to the power terminal block securely clamp the cable as shown in figure 9 After finishing the electric work confirm that each electric part and terminal inside the electric parts box is connected securely Equipment complying with EN IEC 61000 3 120 1 European International Technical Standard setting the limits for harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low voltage systems with input current gt 16 A and lt 75 A per phase ERQ100 140A7V1B Inverter condensing unit 4PW51321 1 DAIKIN Installation manual 133 Precautions when laying power wiring Use round pressure terminals for connections to the power terminal block When none are available follow the instructions below Do not connect wiring of different
329. way valve 2051 Holds OFF OFF EV T e expansion 9 pis 480 pls 480 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 9 pls 0 pls 9 pls Hot gas bypass valve OFF OFF OFF SVP Ending conditions OR e Pc Pe lt 0 3MPa e A lapse of 1 to 5 min A lapse of 10 sec A lapse of 130 sec e Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa 3 1 2 Startup Control in Heating Operation r Thermostat ON Pressure equalization control Startup control prior to startup STEP1 STEP2 57 Hz Unload Compressor 0 Hz 57 Hz Unload 2 steps 20 sec until Pc Pe gt 0 39MPa is achieved From starting Outdoor unit fan ee 121 STEP8 STEP8 3 5 min OFF Four way valve Holds ON ON Main electronic expansion valve EV1 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Subcooling electronic expansion valve EV3 0 pls 0 pls 0 pls Hot gas bypass valve OFF OFF OFF SVP Ending conditions Pc Pe 0 3MPa e A lapse of 1 to 5min A lapse of 10 sec A lapse of 130 sec OR gt 2 70 Pc gt 0 39 26 Function ESiEN09 05 Special Control 3 2 Oil Return Operation In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil the oil return operation is conducted to recover oil flown out from the compressor to the system side 3 2 1 Oil Return Operation in Cooling Operation Start conditions Referring to the set conditions for the following items start the
330. wer The system is in preparation mode of micro computer Wait for a period of approximately one minute supply operation The system The remote control displays The system stops due to an Remove causes of electrical makes malfunction codes U4 and interruption in communication noises intermittent U5 and the system stops but between units caused by If these causes are removed the stops restarts after a lapse of several electrical noises coming from system will automatically restart minutes equipment other than air operation conditioners The system This symptom occurs The system is in preparation Wait for a period of approximately conducts fan operation but not cooling or heating operation immediately after turning ON the power supply mode of operation 10 minutes Troubleshooting 151 Symptom based Troubleshooting ESiEN09 05 Symptom Supposed Cause Countermeasure The airflow rate is not reproduced according to the setting Even pressing the AIRFLOW RATE SET button makes no changes in the airflow rate In heating operation when the room temperature reaches the set degree the outdoor unit will stop while the AHU is brought to fan LL operation so that no one gets cold air Furthermore if fan operation mode is selected when other AHU is in heating operation the system will be brought to fan LL operation The fan LL operation is also en
331. ystem Refrigerant System Address Undefined remote control Display Applicable Models Method of Malfunction Detection Malfunction Decision Conditions Supposed Causes Troubleshooting TILI LI All models RXYSQ4 6PA W Improper connection of transmission wiring between outdoor unit and outdoor unit outside control adapter W Defect of AHU PC board W Defect of outdoor unit PC board A1P Be sure to turn off power switch before connect disconnect connector Caution or parts damage may be occurred Is electricity being introduce for the first time after installationor after an AHU or outdoor unit PC board has been replaced occur even after 12 minutes elapses from the time when electricity is introduced to AHU Is AHU outdoor and NO Normal outdoor outdoor unit transmission wiring normal YES After fixing incorrect wiring push and hold the RESET button on the outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds Does a NO After fixing incorrect wiring push and hold the RESET button on the master outdoor unit PC board for 5 seconds The unit will not run for up to 12 minutes malfunction occur Doesa malfunction gt Normal occur for all AHUs in the system gt Replace AHU PC board gt Replace outdoor unit PC board A1P V2831 Troubleshoot

Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents